WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 5 Reaction To Colonial Rule Cooperation And Revolt MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 5 Reaction To Colonial Rule: Cooperation And Revolt Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The Santhals rose in rebellion in 1855.

  1. The moneylenders, landlords, and merchants had started torturing the Santhals.
  2. The British army destroyed the habitation of the Santhals.
  3. The Santhals were compelled to grow indigo.

Answer: 1. The moneylenders, landlords, and merchants had started torturing the Santhals.

Question 2. The sepoys rose in rebellion in 1857.

  1. Discriminatory treatment was meted out to the Indian sepoys.
  2. The Indian sepoys were not paid any salary.
  3. The British authorities ordered the sepoys to resign

Answer: 1. Discriminatory treatment was meted out to the Indian sepoys.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 3. The indigo cultivators rebelled against the British.

  1. The British government seized the land of the indigo cultivators.
  2. The British planters compelled the farmers to plant indigo.
  3. The British planters engaged the indigo cultivators in their fields for free labor.

Answer: 2. The British planters compelled the farmers to plant indigo.

Chapter 5 Reaction To Colonial Rule: Cooperation And Revolt Multiple Choice Questions

Question 4. Who among the following was related to the Faraji movement?

  1. Syed Ahmad
  2. Titu Mir
  3. Malabar
  4. Birsa Munda

Answer: 3. Malabar

Question 5. ‘Ulgulan’ means

  1. War
  2. Uprising
  3. Great Tumult
  4. Revolt

Answer: 3. Great Tumult

WBBSE Class 8 Reaction to Colonial Rule MCQs

Question 6. The editor of the newspaper Hindu Patriot was

  1. Harish Chandra Mukhopadhyay
  2. Surendranath Mukhopadhyay
  3. Hemendra Prasad Ghosh
  4. Keshab Chandra Sen

Answer: 1. Harish Chandra Mukhopadhyay

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 5 Reaction To Colonial Rule Cooperation And Revolt MCQs

Question 7. Which newspaper took sides with the indigo cultivators of Bengal?

  1. Jugantar
  2. Somprakash
  3. Bengal Gazette
  4. Samachar Darpan

Answer: 2. Somprakash

Question 8. One of the leaders of the Indigo uprising was

  1. Digambar Biswas
  2. Sidhu
  3. Birsa Munda
  4. Bhairab

Answer: 1. Digambar Biswas

Question 9. The word ‘Hul’ means

  1. Mahajan
  2. Jamindar
  3. Uprising
  4. Outsider

Answer: 3. Uprising

Short MCQs on 1857 Revolt Causes

Question 10. Moplahs were from

  1. Bombay
  2. Calcutta
  3. Malabar
  4. Goa

Answer: 3. Malabar

WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Long Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Short Answer Type Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Very Short Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Review Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Solved Numerical Problems WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Experiments Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Maths WBBSE Class 8 History Notes
WBBSE Class 8 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Geography

 

Question 11. The rule of the English East India Company in India came to an end in

  1. 1885
  2. 1858
  3. 1947
  4. 1875

Answer: 2. 1858

Question 12. India was called ‘Dar ul Harab’ or country of enemies by

  1. Majnu Shah
  2. Musa Shah
  3. Haji Shariyatullah
  4. Titu Mir.

Answer: 2. Musa Shah

Question 13. One of the leaders of the Faraji movement was

  1. Majnu Shah
  2. Chirag Ali
  3. Haji Shariyatullah
  4. Titu Mir

Answer: 3. Haji Shariyatullah

Common MCQs on Key Figures in Indian Rebellion

Question 14. Who was the Mughal emperor during the Great Revolt of 1857?

  1. Bahadur Shah 2
  2. Shah Alam 2
  3. Bahadur Shah 1
  4. Akbar Shah 2

Answer: 1. Bahadur Shah 2

Question 15. The Great Revolt first broke out in

  1. Barrackpore
  2. Meerut
  3. Delhi
  4. Poona

Answer: 1. Barrackpore

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 6 The Beginnings Of Nationalism MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 6 The Beginnings Of Nationalism Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The political leaders of various provinces had contact with Allan Octavian Human a retired English official.

  1. Hume had toured the entire subcontinent to carry out duties related to his job.
  2. He was the appointed authority in different provinces.
  3. He was the chief spokesman of the government.

Answer: 1. Hume had toured the entire subcontinent to carry out duties related to his job.

Question 2. The Ilbert Bill Agitation was led by the Indian Association.

  1. According to this Bill, the police were allowed to keep Indians in custody without trial.
  2. Ilbert Bill was withdrawn due to the movement of the Europeans.
  3. The appointment of Indians. Judges in the judiciary were prohibited by the provisions of this Bill.

Answer: 2. Ilbert Bill was withdrawn due to the movement of the Europeans.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 3. Allan Octavian Hume, a retired British official, wanted to form a political association to protect the interests of the Indians.

  1. The Indians continuously launched ant British movements.
  2. Armed uprisings against the British were being organized in different regions of India.
  3. Dissatisfaction against the British could be felt among the Indians through various incidents.

Answer: 3. Dissatisfaction against the British could be felt among the Indians through various incidents.

WBBSE Class 8 Nationalism MCQs

Question 4. There were variations within the organizational weaknesses Congress had from the very beginning.

  1. People belonging to all sections of society were not included in Congress.
  2. The Congress leaders were quite weak.
  3. The Congress was not financially strong.

Answer: 1. People belonging to all sections of society were not included in Congress.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 6 The Beginnings Of Nationalism MCQs

Question 5. Bombay was the most significant province for the Congress from a geographical point of view.

  1. Most of the industrialists of Bombay became members of Congress.
  2. Thirty-eight out of the seventy-two participants of the first session were from the Bombay Presidency.
  3. The head office of the Congress was in Bombay.

Answer: 2. Thirty-eight out of the seventy-two participants of the first session were from the Bombay Presidency.

Question 6. The activities of the National Congress had lost their national character from social and communal points of view.

  1. The activities of the Congress were communal.
  2. The lower class people and their grievances did not find any place in the agenda of the Congress.
  3. The leaders felt proud to declare themselves as ‘representatives of the nation’.

Answer: 3. The leaders felt proud to declare themselves as ‘representatives of the nation’.

Short MCQs on Key Events in Indian Nationalism

Question 7. In the first phase, Congress did not want to end British colonial rule in India.

  1. In the first phase, the political agenda of the National Congress was not anti-British.
  2. In the first phase, the National Congress recognized the necessity of British rule for the Indians.
  3. In the first phase, Congress wanted to consolidate India’s economic base through the machinery of colonial rule.

Answer: 1. In the first phase the political agenda of the National Congress was not anti-British.

Question 8. The Congress could not organize a national movement with their agenda.

  1.  They lacked the financial capacity to conduct the movements.
  2.  Most of the leaders were concerned with their professions throughout the year.
  3.  There was no able and skillful leader to conduct the movement on a national level.

Answer: 2. Most of the leaders were concerned with their professions throughout the year.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Long Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Short Answer Type Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Very Short Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Review Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Solved Numerical Problems WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Experiments Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Maths WBBSE Class 8 History Notes
WBBSE Class 8 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Geography

 

Question 9. The British Government did not accept any demands of the Moderates.

Their demands were unreasonable.

  1. The demands seemed immoral to the British.
  2. The demands were quite significant for the colonial administration.

Answer: 3. The demands were quite significant for the colonial administration.

Question 10. The British did not accept the demand to hold the civil services examination in India and London simultaneously.

  1. The British did not want the Indianization of the administration.
  2. They did not want many Indians to participate in the administration.
  3. They had anticipated that the Indians, who would qualify for the examination and participate in the administration, would oppose the British.

Answer: 1. The British did not want the Indianization of the administration.

WBBSE Class 8 History The Beginnings Of Nationalism MCQs With Answers

Question 11. The founder of the Indian League was

  1. Allan Octavian Hume
  2. Anandamohan Bose
  3. Colonel Olcott
  4. Sishir Kumar Ghose

Answer: 4. Sishir Kumar Ghose

Question 12. The Vernacular Press Act was repealed by

  1. ALord Bentinck
  2. Lord Ripon
  3. Lord Canning
  4. Lord Cornwallis

Answer: 2. Lord Ripon

Question 13. Which organization was called ‘representatives of the minority’ by Lord Dufferin?

  1. Indian League
  2. Hindu Mela
  3. Indian Association
  4. Congress

Answer: 4. Congress

Common MCQs on Leaders of the National Movement

Question 14. There was a clash of opinions between Aurobindo Ghosh, Bipin Chandra Pal, and Brahmabandhab Upadhyay around the editorial policy of the newspaper

  1. Amrit Bazar Patrika
  2. Kranti
  3. Bande Mataram
  4. DJugantar

Answer: 3. Bande Mataram

Question 15. The one who was not an extremes

  1. Aurobindo Ghosh
  2. Bipin Chandra Pal
  3. Gopal Krishna Gokhale
  4. Brahmabandhab Upadhyay

Answer: 3. Gopal Krishna Gokhale

Question 16. Ramesh Chandra Dutta was a

  1. A Businessman
  2. Judge
  3. Civil servant
  4. Writer

Answer: 3. Civil servant

Question 17. Who was the Governor General of India during the Ilbert Bill Controversy?

  1. Madame Blavatsky
  2. Lord Ripon
  3. Lord Dalhousie
  4. Lord Cornwallis

Answer: 2. Lord Ripon

Question 18. “Congress was no anti-British conspiratorial platform” Who said this?

  1. Anandamohan Bose
  2. Surendranath Banerjee
  3. Womesh Chunder Banerjee
  4. Nabagopal Mitra

Answer: 3. Womesh Chunder Banerjee

Question 19. Lala Lajpat Rai was a member of

  1. Prarthana Samaj
  2. Arya Samaj
  3. Arya Bandhab Samaj
  4. Satyashodhak Samaj

Answer: 2. Arya Samaj

Question 20. The first session of the National Congress was held in Bombay in 1885 with a membership of

  1. 72
  2. 82
  3. 92
  4. 102

Answer: 72

Class 8 WBBSE History Chapter 6 Multiple-Choice Questions And Answers PDF

Question 21. The anti-partition movement began in 1905.

  1. The Bengalees lost their right to freedom of speech
  2. Curzon declared his decision to partition Bengal.
  3. It was decided to divide Bengal’s presidency into five parts.

Answer: 2. Curzon declared his decision to partition Bengal.

Question 22. Statement The anti-partition movement could not take the shape of a mass movement.

  1. There was a lack of efficient leadership and organization.
  2. The movement did not get the support of people from different sections of society.
  3. Most of the leaders belonged to the educated section of the cities and towns.

Answer: 3. Most of the leaders belonged to the educated section of the cities and towns.

Indian Nationalism Class 8 History WBBSE Chapter 6 MCQs

Question 23. Morley-Minto Reforms Act was passed in

  1. 1901
  2. 1902
  3. 1906
  4. 1909

Answer: 4. 1909

Question 24. The initiative to divide Bengal was taken by

  1. Lord Curzon
  2. Lord Ripon
  3. Lord Lytton
  4. CP Ilbert

Answer: 1. Lord Curzon

Question 25. The Banga Lakshmi Cotton Mills started in

  1. 1899
  2. 1903
  3. 1906
  4. 1909

Answer: 3. 1906

Practice MCQs on Nationalist Movements in India

Question 26. Which of the following was related to revolutionary terrorism?

  1. Poona Sarvajanik Sabha
  2. Landholder’s Society
  3. Anushilan Samiti
  4. Indian Association

Answer: 3. Anushilan Samiti

Question 27. The anti-partition movement was withdrawn in

  1. 1910
  2. 1911
  3. 1912
  4. 1913

Answer: 2. 1911

Question 28. The Gadar party was established in America by

  1. Sardar Ajit Singh
  2. Sufi Amba Prasad
  3. Lala Hardayal
  4. Lala Lajpat Rai

Answer: 3. Lala Hardayal

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 7 Nationalist Ideals And Their Evolution MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 7 Nationalist Ideals Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The movements organised by Gandhiji were halted midway.

  1. Violence had entered the movements.
  2. There was no adequate finance to conduct the movements.
  3. There was a lack of efficient leadership.

Answer: 1. Violence had entered the movements.

Question 2. The Gandhian ideals had lost popularity partially.

  1. The movements did not contain universal public welfare principles.
  2. The ideals of non-violence were not universally accepted.
  3. The symbols of Hinduism were used.

Answer: 3. The symbols of Hinduism were used.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 3. For a few years after the Non-cooperation Movement, the circumstances were not favourable for launching a new mass movement.

  1. The people had lost interest in non-violent mass movements.
  2.  Gandhiji was interned in prison for some years.
  3. The National Congress had moved away from the path of struggle.

Answer: 2. Gandhiji was interned in prison for some years.

Question 4. All the political organisations of India opposed the Simon Commission.

  1. The commission formed under John Simon (regarding the granting of constitutional rights to the Indians) had no Indian representative.
  2. This commission had decided against granting the right of self-rule to the Indians.
  3. The commission had adopted oppressive measures against the Indians.

Answer: 1. The commission formed under John Simon (regarding the granting of constitutional rights to the Indians) had no Indian representative.

WBBSE Class 8 Nationalist Ideals MCQs

Question 5. The British government confiscated the lands of the farmers during the Civil Disobedience Movement. Explanation

  1. The agitators opposed the government in granting ownership rights of lands.
  2. The farmers participating in the movement refused to pay taxes to the British.
  3. The farmers had wide. participated in the anti-British Movement.

Answer: 2. The farmers participating in the movement refused to pay taxes to the British.

Question 6. There was a split among the Congress in the 1930s.

  1. A difference of opinion between the senior and junior leaders of Congress arose over the method of agitation and socio-economic programmes.
  2. A section of Congress asserted their faith in revolutionist ideals.
  3. The senior leaders of Congress tried to support and consolidate British Rule.

Answer: 1. A difference of opinion between the senior and junior leaders of Congress arose over the method of agitation and socio-economic programmes.

WBBSE History Chapter 7 MCQs On Nationalist Ideals And Movements

Question 7. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi became the main leader of anti-British movements from

  1. 1917
  2. 1915
  3. 1919
  4. 1921

Answer: 3. 1919

Question 8. ‘Satyagraha’ was the brainchild of

  1. Gopal Krishna Gokhale
  2. Mahatma Gandhi
  3. Dadabhai Naoroji
  4. Rabindranath Tagore

Answer: 2. Mahatma Gandhi

Question 9. Which of the following is the correct chronological sequence of Gandhi-led movements?

  1. Champaran, Khera, Quit India, Non- violent Non-Cooperation
  2. Khera, Champaran, Quit India, Non-Violent Non-Cooperation
  3. Champaran, Khera, Non-Violent Non- Non-Cooperation, Quit India
  4. Khera, Quit India, Non-Violent Non- Non-Cooperation, Champaran

Answer: 3. Champaran, Khera, Non-Violent Non- Non-Cooperation, Quit India

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 7 Nationalist Ideals And Their Evolution MCQs

Short MCQs on Key Nationalist Leaders

Question 10. In which movement indigo cultivators were involved?

  1. Khera
  2. Ahmedabad
  3. Lahore
  4. Champaran

Answer: 4. Champaran

WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Long Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Short Answer Type Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Very Short Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Review Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Solved Numerical Problems WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Experiments Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Maths WBBSE Class 8 History Notes
WBBSE Class 8 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Geography

 

Question 11. Gandhi Irwin Pact was signed on

  1. 5th March 1928
  2. 5th March 1931
  3. 5th March 1935
  4. 5th March 1939

Answer: 2. 5th March 1931

Question 12. Who among the following was related to the Kakori Conspiracy Case?

  1. Badal Gupta
  2. Ganesh Ghosh
  3. Bhagat Singh
  4. Surya Sen

Answer: 3. Bhagat Singh

Question 13. ‘Do or Die was the cry of

  1. Gandhiji
  2. Netaji
  3. Nehru
  4. Jinnah

Answer: 1. Gandhiji

Question 14. Gandhiji broke the salt law in

  1. 1919
  2. 1930
  3. 1942
  4. 1950

Answer: 2. 1930

Question 15. Dandi March was undertaken during the

  1. Non-cooperation Movement
  2. Civil Disobedience Movement
  3. Quit India Movement
  4. Khilafat Movement

Answer: 2. Civil Disobedience Movement

Common MCQs on Evolution of Nationalism in India

Question 16. The President of the temporary independent government established by the revolutionist of Chittagong was

  1. Surya Sen
  2. Lokenath Bal
  3. Ganesh Ghosh
  4. Pritilata Waddedar

Answer: 1. Surya Sen

Question 17. Gandhiji violated the Salt Act by conducting the Dandi March in the state of

  1. Gujarat
  2. Andhra Pradesh
  3. Tamil Nadu
  4. Kerala

Answer: 1. Gujarat

Question 18. The Khilafat Movement started in India in protest against the overthrow of the Sultan of

  1. Turkey
  2. Iraq
  3. Iran
  4. Jordan

Answer: 1. Turkey

Question 19. Who first initiated the Indians into the concept of non-cooperation or passive resistance?

  1. Lala Lajpat Rai
  2. Bipin Chandra Pal
  3. Mahatma Gandhi
  4. Motilal Nehru

Answer: 2. Bipin Chandra Pal

Question 20. The Quit India Movement is known as

  1. August Movement
  2. Khilafat Movement
  3. May 4th Movement
  4. Chartist Movement

Answer: 1. August Movement

Nationalist movements In India MCQs WBBSE Class 8 Chapter 7

Question 21. The Gandhi Subhas conflict began in the Kolkata session of the National Congress in 1928.

  1. Subhas Chandra supported the colonial self-rule proposal of the British government.
  2.  Gandhiji rejected the proposal of the British government for federal or dual administration.
  3. Subhas Chandra rejected the proposal of the British Government for federal or dual administration.

Answer: 3. Subhas Chandra rejected the proposal of the British Government for federal or dual administration.

Question 22. After Japan’s defeat in the Second World War in 1945, Subhash Chandra Bose expected help from

  1. Soviet Russia
  2. China
  3. Malaysia
  4. Germany

Answer: 1. Soviet Russia

Question 23. Captain Mohan Singh and Rashbehari Basu formed the Azad Hind Fauj in

  1. 1940
  2. 1941
  3. 1942
  4. 1944

Answer: 3. 1942

Practice MCQs on Ideologies of Early Nationalists

Question 24. Who influenced Subhas Chandra Bose’s thoughts and work?

  1. Mahatma Gandhi
  2. Gopal Krishna Gokhale
  3. Chittaranjan Das
  4. Swami Vivekananda

Answer: 3. Chittaranjan Das

Question 25. Who became the President of the Congress party at the Haripura session?

  1. Pattavi Sitaramaia
  2. Subhas Chandra Bose
  3. Jawaharlal Nehru
  4. Gandhiji

Answer: 2. Subhas Chandra Bose

WBBSE Class 8 History The Evolution Of Nationalist Ideals MCQs

Question 26. The mayor of Calcutta Corporation in 1924 was

  1. Subhas Chandra Bose
  2. Abul Kalam Azad
  3. Chittaranjan Das
  4. Rashbehari Basu

Answer: 3. Chittaranjan Das

Question 27. Gandhi was opposed to Western ideals.

  1. Gandhi was a conservative person.
  2. Gandhi thought Western ideals were a hindrance to attaining Swaraj.
  3. Gandhi wanted the people of India to lead a simple life.

Answer: 3. Gandhi wanted the people of India to lead a simple life.

Question 28. Rowlatt Act came up in 1919.

  1. To decrease Gandhi’s influence in Indian politics.
  2. To suppress anti-British discontent and revolutionary activities.
  3. To give constitutional benefits to the Indians.

Answer: 2. To suppress anti-British discontent and revolutionary activities.

Question 29. Gandhi supported the Khilafat Movement.

  1. To ensure Muslim cooperation and participation in nationalist movements.
  2. To show sympathy to the Sultan of Turkey.
  3. To make strong demands for the improvement of Muslim society.

Answer: 1. To ensure Muslim cooperation and participation in nationalist movements.

Question 30. Indians.opposed Simon Commission.

  1. Indians did not like Sir John Simon.
  2. Sir John Simon was opposed to Indians.
  3. Simon Commission had no Indian representatives.

Answer: 3. Simon Commission had no Indian representatives.

Question 31. Subhas Chandra Bose took charge of Azad Hind Fauj.

  1. To fulfil Rash Bihari Bose’s request.
  2. To attack the British-occupied Indian region with the help of Azad Hind Fauj.
  3. To help the Japanese government.

Answer: 2. To attack the British-occupied Indian region with the help of Azad Hind Fauj.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 8 From Communalism To The Partition MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 8 From Communalism To The Partition Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. In colonial India, the identity of the Muslims began to be determined by their religion.

  1. The colonial government demarcated the Indian Muslims as a separate religious sect.
  2. The Muslims in India emerged as a different community.
  3. The Indian Muslims showed much interest in displaying their religious identity.

Answer: 1. The colonial government demarcated the Indian Muslims as a separate religious sect.

Question 2. Statement The colonial government took different administrative measures for different social groups.

  1. It was not possible to take the same measures for all sections of society.
  2. The colonial authorities discriminated against the different classes.
  3. Adopting the same measure was harmful to the interest of the British Empire.

Answer: 2. The colonial authorities discriminated among the different classes.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 3. The Muslims gradually suffered a setback in securing government jobs and in the case of other facilities.

  1. The average level of academic ability of Muslims was quite low.
  2. The Muslims were indifferent towards government jobs and other privileges.
  3.  The rate of spread of English education among Muslims was less.

Answer: 3. The rate of spread of English education among Muslims was less.

Question 4. Towards the end of the 19th century, the Muslims began to feel more deprived in comparison to the Hindus.

  1. Majority of the Hindus. received a Western education and secured government jobs.
  2. The Hindus became the owners of large properties in colonial. India.
  3. The Hindus, who were the majority, captured all the privileges.

Answer: 1. Majority of the Hindus. received a Western education and secured government jobs.

WBBSE Class 8 Communalism and Partition MCQs

Question 5. Syed Ahmed Khan was directly opposed to the National Congress.

  1. The activities of the Congress were against the interests of the Muslims.
  2. The Congress party gave more preference to the Hindus.
  3.  He felt that the Congress was a representative body of the Hindus who were in the majority.

Answer: 3. He felt that Congress was a representative body of the Hindus who were in the majority.

Question 6. At the beginning of the 20th century, the action of Mohammedanisation was quite strong.

  1. The Muslims became more emotional about their religion.
  2. Young leaders like Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali were deeply influenced by the Ulemas.
  3. The Indian Muslims were inspired by the ideals of the Caliph.

Answer: 2. Young leaders like Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali were deeply influenced by the Ulemas.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 8 From Communalism To Partition MCQs With Answers

Question 1. To weaken the nationalist movement the colonial government changed its policy. From

  1. 1850 Onwards
  2. 1860 Onwards
  3. 1870 Onwards
  4. 1880 Onwards

Answer: 3. 1870 Onwards

WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Long Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Short Answer Type Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Very Short Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Review Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Solved Numerical Problems WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Experiments Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Maths WBBSE Class 8 History Notes
WBBSE Class 8 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Geography

 

Question 2. The Mohammedan educational conference was held in

  1. 1906
  2. 1910
  3. 1911
  4. 1919

Answer: 1. 1906

Question 3. Aligarh anglo oriental college was founded by

  1. Muhammed Ali
  2. Shaukat Ali
  3. Sirsyed Ahmad khan
  4. Badruddin table

Answer: 3. Sirsyed Ahmad Khan

Question 4. The Ganapati festival was started by

  1. Mohammed Ali Jinnah
  2. Mahatma Gandhi
  3. Bal gangadhar tilak
  4. Syed Mahmud

Answer: 3. Bal gangadhar tilak

Short MCQs on Key Events of Partition

Question 5. The aim of the Muslim League was

  1. To spread Islamic teaching all over India
  2. To restore khilafat
  3. To keep a watch over Muslim interests and political rights
  4. To achieve independence of India

Answer: 3. To keep a watch over Muslim interests and political rights

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 8 From Communalism To The Partition MCQs

Question 6. Sir Syed Ahmad’s idea of Westernization was disliked by

  1. The Congress
  2. The Muslim League
  3. The ulema
  4. The Hindu extremist

Answer: 3. The ulema

WBBSE Chapter 8 History Class 8 WBBSE Communalism And Partition

Question 1. Competition and conflict began among the various religious communities over the question of privileges.

  1. In colonial India, communities gave priority to their respective religions.
  2. In colonial India religious identity was the chief concern for the communities.
  3. The various religious communities bore grudges against each other.

Answer: 2. In colonial India religious identity was the chief concern for the communities.

Question 2. A large section of the Indian Muslims began to move away from the national movement.

  1. Many Muslims became victims of politics while trying to preserve their communal existence.
  2. The issue of the development of Muslims did not find a place in the national movement.
  3. The Hindus held the reins of the national movement.

Answer: 1. Many Muslims became victims of politics while trying to preserve their communal existence.

Question 3. The Khilafat Movement lost momentum in 1924.

  1. The British government let loose cruel repressive measures upon the Khilafatists.
  2. The post of the Caliph was abolished in Turkey.
  3. The Khilafatists joined the Non-Cooperation Movement.

Answer: 2. The post of the Caliph was abolished in Turkey.

Common MCQs on Communal Tensions in India

Question 4. Muhammad Ali Jinnah rejected the C. R. Formula.

  1.  It was against the interest of the Muslims.
  2.  It did not mention anything about United India.
  3. It did not recognize Pakistan. separately.

Answer: 3. It did not recognize Pakistan. separately.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 8 Communalism To Partition Questions

Question 1. The president of the Muslim League’s Lahore session was

  1. Fazlul Huq
  2. Khwaja Abdul Rahman
  3. Muhammad Ali Jinnah
  4. Chowdhury Rahmat Ali

Answer: 3. Muhammad Ali Jinnah

Question 2. The leader of the Unionist Party was

  1. Sir Sikandar Hayat Khan
  2. C. Rajagopalachari
  3. Motilal Nehru
  4. Muhammad Iqbal

Answer: 1. Sir Sikandar Hayat Khan

Question 3. Simla session was held in

  1. 1940
  2. 1942
  3. 1945
  4. 1947

Answer: 2. 1942

Practice MCQs on Effects of Partition on Society

Question 4. ‘August Offer’ in 1940 was declared by

  1. Lord Ripon
  2. Lord Lytton
  3. Lord Linlithgow
  4. Lord Wavell

Answer: 3. Lord Linlithgow

Question 5. ‘Pakistan Proposal’ was accepted at

  1. Calcutta session
  2. Lahore session
  3. Dhaka session
  4. Delhi session

Answer: 2. Lahore session

Question 6. Indian Independence Act was passed i

  1. 1947
  2. 1946
  3. 1945
  4. 1942

Answer: 1. 1947

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 9 Constitution Of India Democratic Structure And Citizen’s Rights MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 9 Constitution Of India Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. A constitution is needed to conduct the affairs of a state

  1. The State abides by the constitution.
  2. The dictates of the Constitution are final.
  3. All the policies of the state are made according to the constitution.

Answer: 1. The State abides by the constitution.

Question 2. Every year Republic Day is celebrated on January 26.

  1. On this day the Indians. liberated themselves from British rule.
  2. India was declared a republic on January 26, 1950.
  3. The Indian citizens got their different rights on January 26, 1950.

Answer: 2. India was declared a republic on January 26, 1950.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 3. The Preamble of the Indian Constitution is called the conscience or spirit of the Constitution.

  1. The Preamble contains the rights and duties of the citizens.
  2. The Preamble contains the description of the sovereign power of the Constitution.
  3. The ideals and objectives of the Constitution are contained in the Preamble.

Answer: 3. The ideals and objectives of the Constitution are contained in the Preamble.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 9 Constitution Of India Democratic Structure And Citizen's Rights MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 Constitution of India MCQs

Question 4. India is not bound to obey the orders, instructions, or requests of any foreign country.

  1. India is a democratic republic.
  2. India possesses sovereign power.
  3. India is bound by its Constitution.

Answer: 2. India possesses sovereign power.

Question 5. The democratic administration is successful in the local self-governmental institutions.

  1. The people get an opportunity to participate directly.
  2. President’s rule prevails in self-governmental institutions.
  3. The local self-government system is conducted by the state government.

Answer: 1. The people get an opportunity to participate directly.

MCQs On Fundamental Rights In Indian Constitution For Class 8 WBBSE

Question 6. The downtrodden society (Dalits) launched a movement to establish their rights and prestige.

  1. The government did not try to protect the interest of the poor.
  2. Many Congress leaders did not want to give much importance to racial discrimination issues.
  3. The prestige and rights of the Dalits were reduced due to the transfer of power.

Answer: 2. Many Congress leaders did not want to give much importance to racial discrimination issues.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Long Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Short Answer Type Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Very Short Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Review Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Solved Numerical Problems WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Experiments Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Maths WBBSE Class 8 History Notes
WBBSE Class 8 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Geography

 

Question 7. There was not much improvement in the condition of the Harijans.

  1. The Harijans did not get religious rights.
  2. The Harijans got only. economic rights and not political rights.
  3. The Harijans were deprived of economic and religious rights.

Answer: 3. The Harijans were deprived of economic and religious rights.

Question 8. The Constitution’s use of the word and concept of ‘minority’ does not bear a communal sense.

  1. The word minority has been. used as a contrast to the majority.
  2. Minority refers to the backward classes in society.
  3. The minority is determined by the number of persons in society.

Answer: 3. Minority is determined by the number of persons in society.

Short MCQs on Fundamental Rights in India

Question 9. The Alchiki script of the Santhals was given much respect in the Indian Constitution.

  1. The Indian constitution upholds the linguistic rights of minorities.
  2. The constitution has recognized all Indian languages.
  3. Most of the people among the minorities use this script.

Answer: 1. The Indian constitution upholds the linguistic rights of minorities.

Question 10. The Indian Constitution is determined to provide all citizens with the security of food, clothing, and housing.

  1. The main task of the Constitution is to provide overall security to the citizens.
  2. The objective of the Constitution is to provide social prestige to all citizens in an independent state.
  3. An important directive principle is to provide security to the Indians.

Answer: 2. The objective of the Constitution is to provide social prestige to all citizens in an independent state.

Important MCQs On Indian Constitution For WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 9

Question 11. The constitution was adopted in the Constituent Assembly on

  1. 26th November 1946
  2. 26th November 1947
  3. 26th November 1949
  4. 26th November 1950

Answer: 3. 26th November 1949

Question 12. The British Government took up the proposal to form a Constituent Assembly in

  1. 1944
  2. 1946
  3. 1947
  4. 1948

Answer: 2. 1946

Question 13. The number of members in the Drafting

  1. 7
  2. 8
  3. 9
  4. 10

Answer: 1. 7

Question 14. Legally and theoretically, the head of the Committee was the government is

  1. Chief Minister
  2. Vice President
  3. Governor
  4. President

Answer: 4. President

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 9 Constitution And Rights MCQ Questions

Question 15. The dignity of the post of Vice President is next only to

  1. Prime Minister
  2. Speaker
  3. President
  4. Home Minister

Answer: 3. President

Question 16. The ‘soul’ or the ‘conscience’ of the Constitution is

  1. Fundamental Rights
  2. Directive Principles
  3. Preamble
  4. Fundamental Duties

Answer: 3. Directive Principles

Question 17. The constitutional head of the state government is

  1. Chief Minister
  2. Finance Minister
  3. Finance Secretary
  4. Governor

Answer: 4. Governor

Common MCQs on Features of Indian Democracy

Question 18. The Vice president is the ex officio chairman of

  1. Lok Sabha
  2. Rajya Sabha
  3. Vidhan Sabha
  4. Vidhan Parishad

Answer: 2. Rajya Sabha

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 9 WBBSE MCQs On Fundamental Rights And Duties

Question 19. The issue of the right to land, water bodies, and forestry triggered a conflict between the colonial state and its people.

  1. The colonial government wanted to take steps for the preservation of wildlife.
  2. People felt that the colonial government would destroy the flora and fauna of those areas.
  3. The colonial government framed some laws that compelled the people to give up their rights over natural resources.

Answer: 3. The colonial government framed some laws that compelled the people to give up their rights over natural resources.

Question 20. In the decade of 1940s, a large section of the rural population turned into burglars.

  1. Recommendation of the Floud Commission was implemented.
  2. Telangana peasant movement flared up.
  3. There was an economic downturn and famine in the 1940s.

Answer: 3. There was an economic downturn and famine in the 1940s.

Question 21. When Srimati Mamata Bandyopadhyay became the chief minister of West Bengal, she decided to return the lands to the peasants of Singur.

  1. Srimati Mamata Bandyopadhyay herself organized the Singur movement and led it from the front.
  2.  Thousands of land owners, pattadars, burglars, landless peasants, and sharecroppers requested Mamata Bandyopadhyay to do that.
  3.  Indian MNC, Tata, dropped their Singur car project.

Answer: 1. Srimati Mamata Bandyopadhyay herself organized the Singur movement and led it from the front.

Practice MCQs on Constitutional Provisions

Question 22. A legion of men and women became involved in the Save Narmada movement at the beginning of the decade of 1970s.

  1. People demanded the prohibition of felling trees for commercial purposes.
  2. Because of the project of building a dam, about 21 people were on the verge of losing life and livelihood, and the tribal populations were deprived of their rights in forests.
  3. The forestry of the region came under serious threat.

Answer: 2. Because of the project of building a dam, about 21 people were on the verge of losing their lives and livelihoods, and the tribal populations were deprived of their rights in forests.

Question 23. The biggest autocratic and feudalistic rule of India, the rule of Nizam, was toppled.

  1.  It was due to the Chipko movement.
  2. The Telangana movement. turned out to be a peasant cum mass movement.
  3. The Tebhaga movement went very close to becoming an armed rebellion.

Answer: 2. The Telengana movement. turned out to be a peasant cum mass movement.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 9 Indian Constitution MCQs

Question 24. ‘Betti’s system was abolished due to

  1. Tebhaga movement
  2. Telangana movement
  3. Chipko movement
  4. Silent Valley movement

Answer: 2. Telangana movement

Question 25. Chipko movement was organized in

  1. North India
  2. South India
  3. West India
  4. East India

Answer: 1. North India

Examples of Real-Life Applications of Democratic Rights

Question 26. The district headquarters of Hooghly is

  1. Arambagh
  2. Chunchurah
  3. Chandennagar
  4. Serampore

Answer: 2. Chunchurah

Question 27. Rajkumar Bhul was the agricultural labour of

  1. Champadanga
  2. Jangipara
  3. Maheswarpur
  4. Gopalnagar

Answer: 4. Gopalnagar

Question 28. Who among the following was the protestor of the Singur movement?

  1. Sumit Sarkar
  2. Irfan Habib
  3. Upinder Singh
  4. Gyanendra Pandey

Answer: 1. Sumit Sarkar

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 4 Nature Of Colonial Economy MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 4 Nature Of Colonial Economy Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The peasants were in a critical situation in colonial India.

  1. The peasants were burdened with excessive taxes.
  2. Everything was seized from the peasants.
  3. The peasants were evicted from the land.

Answer: 1. The peasants were burdened with excessive taxes.

Question 2. There was a steady decrease in the export of silk and cotton during colonial rule.

  1. The English company began to import silk and cotton from England.
  2. There was a crisis in the agricultural system.
  3. The popularity of silk and cotton products decreased.

Answer: 2. There was a crisis in the agricultural system.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 3. The officials of the English company could not extract rent according to their wishes.

  1. The economic council of the Company began to keep an account of the revenue collected.
  2. An accountant was recruited along with the revenue officials.
  3. The Company’s allotted revenue was fixed through the Permanent Settlement.

Answer: 3. The Company’s allotted revenue was fixed through the Permanent Settlement.

Question 4. On many occasions, the ownership of land was transferred through auction.

  1. The Zamindars could not deposit the allotted rent at the allowed time.
  2. The price of the land could be raised through the auction.
  3. The transfer of ownership rights reduced corruption.

Answer: 1. The Zamindars could not deposit the allotted rent at the allowed time.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 4 Nature Of Colonial Economy MCQs

WBBSE Class 8 Colonial Economy MCQs

Question 5. As a result of the Permanent Settlement the farmers became dependent on the grace of the landlords.

  1.  It was decided by the Permanent Settlement that the farmers would be given a fixed wage.
  2. The farmers survived on the loans taken from the landlords.
  3. Though the conditions of the Zamindars improved, nothing was done to improve a lot of the peasants.

Answer: 3. Though the conditions of the Zamindars improved, nothing was done to improve a lot of the peasants.

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 8 Question Answer

Question 6. The Zamindars were given the right to confiscate the lands of the farmers.

  1. The farmers became owners of vast lands.
  2. The farmers failed to pay revenue at the rate allowed by the Zamindars at the allotted time.
  3. The Zamindars got this right from the Company by paying them money.

Answer: 2. The farmers failed to pay revenue at the rate allowed by the Zamindars at the allowed time.

Question 7. The colonial rulers had emphasized the cultivation of crops.

  1. The Indian crops were in high demand in the international markets.
  2. England’s economy was dependent on these crops.
  3. There was the commercialization of crops during colonial rule.

Answer: 3. There was the commercialization of crops during colonial rule.

Question 8. Mutual discrimination was created in the peasant society.

  1. The colonial government had commercialized agriculture.
  2. The government encouraged caste distinction.
  3. The peasant society Ans. encouraged casteism.

Answer: 2. The government encouraged caste distinction.

Question 9. There were famines in India during colonial rule.

  1. The economic policy of the company was discriminatory.
  2. The production of crops did not increase in proportion to the increase in population.
  3. The produced crops were continually sent to England.

Answer: 2. The production of crops did not increase in proportion to the increase in population.

Common MCQs on Impact of British Rule on Indian Economy

Question 10. The indigo cultivators rose in rebellion.

  1. The families of the indigo cultivators were oppressed.
  2. The British had started. killing the cultivators.
  3. The cultivators were forced to plant indigo in receipt of dadan or advance payment.

Answer: 3. The cultivators were forced to plant indigo in receipt of dadan or advance payment.

Question 11. Which industry was affected by to agricultural crisis?

  1. Jute industry
  2. Tea industry
  3. Agricultural industry
  4. Indigenous handicrafts industry

Answer: 4. Indigenous handicrafts industry

Question 12. The Permanent Settlement was implemented in Bengal in the year of

  1. 1784
  2. 1770
  3. 1793
  4. 1772

Answer: 2. 1770

Question 13. Through which system land became the private property of Zamindars?

  1. Mahalwari System
  2. Ryotwari System
  3. Dassala System
  4. Permanent Settlement

Answer: 4. Permanent Settlement

WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Long Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Short Answer Type Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Very Short Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Review Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Solved Numerical Problems WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Experiments Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Maths WBBSE Class 8 History Notes
WBBSE Class 8 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Geography

 

Practice MCQs on Agricultural Changes in Colonial India

Question 14. Which land revenue system was implemented in Madras and Bombay?

  1. Permanent Settlement
  2. Zardari System
  3. Ryotwari System
  4. Mahalwari System

Answer: 3. Ryotwari System

Question 15. The region which developed as an indigo cultivation center

  1. West India
  2. East India
  3. North India
  4. South India

Answer: 2. East India

Question 16. In which region landless peasants became hired laborers or burglars?

  1. Bengal
  2. Madras
  3. Madhya Pradesh
  4. Bombay

Answer: 3. Madhya Pradesh

Question 17. ‘Dadan’ means

  1. Advance payment
  2. Abwab
  3. hired labor
  4. money lenders

Answer: 1. Advance payment

Question 18. Sunset Law is related to

  1. Mahalwari system
  2. Ryotwari System
  3. Permanent Settlement
  4. Panchsala System

Answer: 3. Permanent Settlement

Question 19. The farmers were most adversely affected by the revenue policy of the British.

  1. The farmers were forced to pay excess revenue.
  2. The farmers opposed the revenue policy.
  3. The farmers refused to pay the revenue.

Answer: 1. The farmers were forced to pay excess revenue.

Question 20. The use of cotton textiles was banned in India by passing an act.

  1. There was a need to raise the sale of textiles produced as a result of the Industrial Revolution.
  2. The Company wanted to destroy the cotton textile industry of India.
  3. The cotton textiles were not durable.

Answer: 2. The Company wanted to destroy the cotton textile industry of India.

Question 21. In colonial India, the first jute factory was set up at

  1. Rishra
  2. Calcutta
  3. Chennai
  4. Bombay

Answer: 1. Rishra

Question 22. One of the chief items of export was

  1. Sugar
  2. Raw thread
  3. Tea
  4. Indigo

Answer: 2. Raw thread

History Class 8 WBBSE

Question 23. The railway construction began during

  1. William Pitt’s tenure
  2. William Bentinck’s tenure
  3. Dalhousie’s tenure
  4. Cornwallis’s tenure

Answer: 3. Dalhousie’s tenure

Question 24. The Second Anglo-Burmese War happened in

  1. 1851
  2. 1852
  3. 1853
  4. 1854

Answer: 2.1852

Question 25. The outgoing of resources is referred to as

  1. Drain of wealth
  2. Deindustrialization
  3. Bargadari system
  4. Malnutrition

Answer: 1. Drain of wealth

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 1 The Idea Of History MCQs

Chapter 1 The Idea Of History Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. “The history of our country has prevented us from learning about our homeland”- Who said this?

  1. Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay
  2. Rabindranath Tagore
  3. Swami Vivekananda
  4. James Mill

Answer: 2. Rabindranath Tagore

WBBSE Class 8 History Chapter 1 The Idea Of History MCQs

Class 8 History Practice Questions WBBSE

Question 2. Mrityunjay Vidyalankar wrote ‘Rajabali’ in

  1. 1757
  2. 1799
  3. 1808
  4. 1857

Answer: 3. 1808

Read and Learn More WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 3. Aurangzeb died in

  1. 1707
  2. 1777
  3. 1800
  4. 1857

Answer: 3. 1800

WBBSE Class 8 History MCQs

Question 4. Who wrote that the Muslim period was the dark age of Indian history?

  1. Jeremy Bentham
  2. Jadunath Bose
  3. James Mill
  4. Dinabandu Mitra

Answer: 1. Jeremy Bentham

Question 5. Razia became sultan of Delhi after

  1. lltutmish
  2. Ghiyasuddin Balban
  3. Alauddin Khilji
  4. Mohammad bin Tughlaq

Answer: 1. lltutmish

Question 6. Bankim Chandra said, “We want the history of the Bengalees.”

  1. The Bengalees should know their past.
  2. The history of Bengal is a national asset.
  3. The progress of the Bengalees is associated with it.

Answer: 1. The Bengalees should know their past.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Long Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Short Answer Type Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Very Short Answer Type Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Review Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Solved Numerical Problems WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 School Science Experiments Questions
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Maths WBBSE Class 8 History Notes
WBBSE Class 8 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 8 Geography

 

The Idea of History MCQs for Class 8

Question 7. Reading history is an amusing thing.

  1. History contains many amusing topics.
  2. There are debates in history regarding events and their consequences.
  3. There are many funny stories in history.

Answer: 2. There are debates in history regarding events and their consequences.

Question 8. In the context of time, the Battle of Plassey is quite modern in comparison to the Battle of Panipat.

  1. The Battle of Panipat took place in the ancient period and the Battle of Plassey took place in the modern period.
  2. The Battle of Panipat took place much later than the Battle of Plassey.
  3. The Battle of Plassey took place much later than the Battle of Panipat.

Answer: 2. The Battle of Panipat took place much later than the Battle of Plassey.

WBBSE History Multiple Choice Questions

Question 9. The photographs are an important source of the history of modern India.

  1. The photographs present the claims of the past.
  2. We come to know about the social, economic, and political history from the photographs.
  3. They contain pictures of political leaders.

Answer: 2. We come to know about social, economic, and political history from the photographs.

Question 10. Titu Mir, Birsa Munda, and Sidhu-Kanhu were not anarchists.

  1. As anti-colonists, they were freedom fighters.
  2. They were the leaders of tribal revolts.
  3. They were the symbols of the hopes and aspirations of the tribal people.

Answer: 1. As anti-colonists they were freedom fighters.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface

WBBSE Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Long Answer Questions

Question 1. What is meant by parallels of latitude? Discuss their properties and their uses.
Answer: Parallels of latitude: The imaginary lines drawn around the Earth parallel to the Equator are known as the parallels of latitude. These lines join all the places with the same latitudinal value.

Read and Learn Also WBBSE Solutions for Class 9 Geography And Environment

Properties and uses of the parallels of latitude: The properties and uses of the parallels of latitude are as follows- Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface

Properties: The properties of the parallels of latitude are-

The parallels of latitude are full circles and parallel to each other.

As the value of the latitudes increases, the circumference of the parallels of latitude gradually decreases. At the Poles, the parallels of latitude appear to be dotted.

All places on the same parallel of latitude have the same latitudinal value. Solar incidence changes with changing latitude. Accordingly, the climatic characteristics of the places also vary. The local times of various places lying on the same latitude are different based on their longitudinal value.

Uses: The uses of the parallels of latitude are- The north-south position of a place can be determined by using the Equator and the other latitudes as standards of measurement. The parallels of latitude are often used as the boundary of a country or a state. For instance, the 45° N parallel forms an approximate border between Quebec (Canada), and the states of New York and Vermont in the USA. The Earth can be divided into different heat zones (Torrid zone, Temperate zone, and Frigid zone) based on the parallels of latitude.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Surface Parallels Of Latitude

Question 2. How can you determine the latitude of a place geometrically? How can the latitude of a place in the northern hemisphere be determined using the elevation of the Pole Star?
Answer: Geometric determination of the latitude of a place:

In the given picture, B denotes the Earth’s center, DC the Equator, A the North Pole, and P the Pole Star. N is a place in the northern hemisphere with MO as its horizon. Moreover, BQ is perpendicular to MO. As the Pole Star is located vertically above the North Pole, it will be visible at P’ position from N. Consequently, the angle of elevation of the North Star, as visible from N, would be ZMNP’ and the latitudinal degree of N would be <NBC.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Surface Geometric Determination Of Latitude

Now <MNP’+<QNP’= a right and <PBN + < NBC= a right angle

Therefore, ZPBN + ZNBC = <MNP’ + ZQNP’

Moreover, since BP and NP’ are parallel to each other, ZPBN = ZQNP’ Hence, NBC = ZMNP’ [since 90° <PBN = 90° – <QNP’]

Therefore, the angle of elevation of the Pole Star, as visible from N = the latitudinal degree of N.

NEET Biology Class 9 Question And Answers WBBSE Class 9 History Notes WBBSE Solutions for Class 9 Life Science and Environment
WBBSE Class 9 Geography And Environment Notes WBBSE Class 9 History Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Class 9 Life Science Long Answer Questions
WBBSE Solutions for Class 9 Geography And Environment WBBSE Class 9 History Long Answer Questions WBBSE Class 9 Life Science Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Class 9 Geography And Environment Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Class 9 History Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Maths
WBBSE Solutions for Class 9 History WBBSE Class 9 History Very Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 9 Physical Science and Environment

 

Determination Of Location Of A Place On Earth’s Surface WBBSE

1. Using the elevation of the Pole Star to determine the latitude of a place in the northern hemisphere:

In an open place poles, one taller than the other, are fixed. The smaller pole is fixed south of the taller one in such a way that the taller pole is to its north and the Pole Star as visible in the sky, are all in a straight line[Diagram (a)]. Now, after measuring the exact distance between the poles, on white paper, the poles need to be drawn to the scale.[Diagram (b)].

Therefore, YR and ZS are the two poles, with RS being the distance between them. Now, Y and Z are joined, and simultaneously, SR is extended so that these two meet at point D and form an angle <ZDS. Hence, <YDR is the angle of elevation of the Pole Star and also the latitudinal degree. So, if the,<YDR is measured with the help of a protractor, the latitude of the place can be determined.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Elevation Of The Pole Star To Determine The Latitude Of A Place

Question 3. Why is it necessary to determine the location of a place?
Answer: Necessity of determining the location of a place: It is necessary to determine the location of a place, because-

To find the exact position: It helps us to find the exact position of a country, a state, a city, a mountain, or any other place on the Earth’s surface.

To find the distance: It helps to find the distance between any two or more objects and places.

For geographical research and study: The location of a place helps us to understand the explanation of any geographical research and study.

To know climatic character: The climatic characteristics of a place can be known more or less if the location of the place is known.

For disaster management: Determination of location is necessary for relief and rescue management in various disasters.

For transport and navigation: It is necessary to know the location of a place for water transport or navigation and to access resources of particular places.

For defense purposes: It helps to know the location of the enemy for defense or military purposes and helps to launch counter-attacks.

To demarcate boundaries: Determination of the location is necessary to demarcate political boundaries.

For development planning: The location of a place also helps us to assign proper development plans for backward regions.

Question 4. How can the Earth be divided into various heat zones?
Answer:  Heat zone: The Earth is divided into three heat zones based on the angle at which the sunrays fall. These are as follows-

1. Torrid zone: This zone extends from the Equator (0°) to the Tropic of Cancer (23½º N) in the North and to the Tropic of Capricorn (23½º S) in the South. Sunrays fall vertically on this region throughout the year. Some important countries that fall under this zone are Brazil, Venezuela, Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Malaysia, Indonesia, England, etc.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Heats zones

2. Temperate zone:
This zone extends from the Tropics (231⁄2° N and S) to the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66%1⁄2° N and S). This zone experiences moderate heat throughout the year because the sun’s rays do not fall directly on this zone. Some countries that come under this zone are- the United States of America, Chile, France, South Africa, New Zealand, England, Canada, Japan, Germany, Italy, and several others.

3. Frigid zone: This zone extends from the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66½° N and S) to the Poles (90½° N and S). The frigid zone is the coldest region of the Earth because this region lies farthest from the Equator and receives a very low amount of sun rays. Throughout the year. Some regions that fall under this zone are Antarctica, Siberia, Alaska, Greenland, northern Canada, Norway, and the northern parts of Sweden.

Question 5. According to the local time is 4.30 pm. If it is noon at the place named P then, what is the longitude of that place?
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the place named P:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Longitude Placed Named By P

The time difference between Greenwich and P is

(16:30 – 12:00) hrs = 4 hrs 30 mins For a 1-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15°

∴ For a 4-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15 x 4 = 60°

Again for 4 minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°

For a 1-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is -¼º

For 30 30-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 30º/4 = 7.5° = 7°30′

Therefore Total longitudinal difference is 60° + 7°30′ = 67° 30’

As the local time of P is behind that of Greenwich, that means, the place P must lie to the west of Greenwich. So, the longitude of P is 67°30′ W.

Question 6. The local time of places A and B are 6 am and 6 pm respectively. Determine the longitude of A and B if the Greenwich Time is noon.
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the places named A and B:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude placed named by b

The time difference between Greenwich and place A is (12 hrs – 6 hrs) = 6 hrs.

Now, for a 1-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15°

For 6hours time difference, longitudinal difference is 15° x 6 = 90°

The longitudinal difference between place A and Greenwich is 90°

As the local time of place, A is behind that of Greenwich, that means place A lies to the west of Greenwich. So, the longitude of place A is 90° W.

Again time difference between Greenwich and place B is (18 hrs or 6 pm -12 hrs) 6 hrs.
Now, for a 1-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15°

For a 6-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15° x 6 = 90°
The longitudinal difference between place B and Greenwich is 90°.

As the local time of place B is ahead of Greenwich local time, that means place B lies to the east Of Greenwich. So, the longitude of place B is 90° E.

The longitude of places A and B are 90° W and 90° E respectively.

Question 7. When it is midday or noon in Greenwich?
Answer:

Determination of the local time of Kolkata:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface local time of kolkata

The longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Greenwich is 0º and Kolkata is to the east of Greenwich.

Therefore Longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Greenwich is (88°30′-0°) = 88°30′

For a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 min

∴ For an 88° longitudinal difference, the time

difference is 88 x 4 = 352 mins = 5 hrs 52 mins

Again, for the V longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 seconds

Therefore For a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference is 30 x 4 = 120 seconds = 2 mins

The total time difference between Greenwich and Kolkata is (5 hr 52 mins + 2 mins) = 5 hrs 54 mins. As Kolkata is to the east of Greenwich, the local time of Kolkata is ahead of Greenwich’s local time.

The local time of Kolkata is (noon + 5 hrs 54 mins) = 17 hrs 54 mins = 5:54 pm.

How To Determine Location On Earth Class 9 WBBSE

Question 8. An important radio broadcast from Olympia (22°23′ East) at 9 am on Monday has to reach Los Angeles (118°17′ West) in the USA. If it takes 15 minutes to send or receive a message, then when will the message arrive in Los Angeles?
Answer:

Message arriving time in Los Angeles:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface message arriving time in los angeles

Longitudinal difference between Olympia and Los Angeles is(22°23′ + 118° 17′) = 140° 40′

Now, for a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 mins

For 140° longitudinal difference, time difference is 140 x 4 mins = 560 mins = 9 hrs 20 mins

Again, for a 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 seconds – For a 40′ longitudinal difference time difference is 40 x 4 = 160 seconds = 2 mins 40 secs,

For the 140°40′ longitudinal difference, the time difference is (9 hrs 20 mins + 2 mins 40 secs) = 9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs.

As Los Angeles is located to the west of Olympia, so local time in Los Angeles will be behind that of Olympia.

Therefore, while the local time in Olympia is 9 am, the local time in Los Angeles would be (9 am -9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs)

= (24 hrs + 9 hrs) – 9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs

= 33 hrs – 9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs

= 23 hrs 37 mins 20 secs

= Sunday night 11 hrs 37 mins 20 secs

Now, It takes 15 minutes to send or receive a message.

 The radio news will reach Los Angeles on the previous night at 11 hrs 37 mins 20 secs + 15 mins i.e., on Sunday at 11:52:20 pm.

Question 9. What would be the local time in New York {74° W) and Mumbai (73° E), when it is noon in Greenwich?
Answer:

Local time in New York and Mumbai:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Loacl time in newyork and mumbai

Mumbai and New York are located to the east and west of Greenwich respectively.

The longitudinal difference between Greenwich and New York is (74° -0°) = 74°

Now, for a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 mins

For the 74° longitudinal difference, the time difference is (74 x 4) mins = 296 mins = 4 hrs 56 mins As New York is located to the west of Greenwich, so, the local time of New York will be behind that of Greenwich.

When the local time is noon at Greenwich, the local time of New York would be (12 noon – 4 hrs 56 mins) =7:04 am On the other hand, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and Mumbai is (73°-0°) = 73°

Since For 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 mins
Therefore the 73° longitudinal difference time difference is 73 x 4 mins = 292 mins = 4 hrs 52 mins As Mumbai is located to the east of Greenwich, the local time at Mumbai would be ahead of Greenwich.

While local time is noon in Greenwich, the local time in Mumbai would be (noon + 4 hrs 52 mins) = 16 hrs 52 mins = 4:52 pm.

While local time is noon in Greenwich, the local time of Mumbai and New York would be 4:52 pm and 7:04 am respectively.

Question 10. The local time of places X and Y are Saturday at 9 pm and Sunday at 3 am respectively. The longitude of X is 90° W. Determine the longitude of Y. 2. What will be the time of 1ST when the Chronometer shows noon?
Answer

1. Determination of the longitude of Y:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of Y

The local time of places X and Y are Saturday at 9 pm and Sunday at 3 am respectively. Therefore, the difference in local time between X and Y is—

(Saturday 9 pm – Sunday 3 am) i.e., [Saturday (24h – 21h = 3h) + Sunday 3h ] = 6 hrs or 360 mins.

Now, we know that for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

∴  For 360 the minute time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 360 4÷4 = 90°

Hence, the longitudinal difference between X and Y is 90°.

Since the local time of Y is ahead of the local time of X, this means, Y is located to the east of X.

Therefore, the longitude of Y is (90°W- 90°) = 0°.

Earth’s Surface Location Determination WBBSE Solutions

2. Determination of the time of 1ST:

The Chronometer runs based on Greenwich time. Therefore, if it is noon according to the Chronometer, then it can be said that the time at Greenwich or the Prime Meridian (0°) is also noon. On the other hand, it is also known that the Standard Meridian of India is 82° 30′ E. Hence, the longitudinal difference between the Prime Meridian i.e., the GMT and 1ST is— (82°30’E – 0°) = 82° 30′. Now the time difference. For 82° 30,’ the longitudinal difference will be—

For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes. Therefore, for an 82° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference. Will be(30×4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.

So, the total time difference between GMT and 1ST becomes (328 + 2) = 330 minutes or 5hrs 30mins.

Since the Standard Meridian of India is located to the east of the Prime Meridian, so 1ST would be ahead of GMT.

Therefore, when it is noon according to GMT, the time according to 1ST would be (12hrs + 5hrs 30mins) =17:30 hours or 5:30 pm.

Question 11. The longitude of places A and B are 20° E and 35°E respectively. What will be the local time of B when it is Sunday at 11 pm at A? A news broadcast at 8 am from Greenwich. What will be the longitude of the place that receives that broadcast at 2:30 pm?
Answer:

1. Determination of the local time of the place B:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Local time of the palce b

It is known that the longitudes of A and B are 20° E and 35° E respectively.
Hence, the longitudinal difference between A and Bis (35°E-20°E) = 15°.

For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes, Therefore, for a 15° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (15 x4) = 60 minutes or 1 hour.

Since B is located to the east of A, so the time of B would be ahead of A.
(82 x 4) = 328 minutes.

Therefore, when it is Sunday 11 pm at A, the time at B would be (Sunday 11 pm + LH) i.e., (23hrs+1hrs) = 24hrs or Monday 00:00.

2. Determination of the longitude of the message receiving place:

The news broadcasts at 8 am from Greenwich (0°) and is received at the given place at 2:30 pm. Therefore, the difference in local time between Greenwich and the given place is—
(2:30 pm – 8 am), i.e., (14hrs 30mins – 8hrs) = 6hrs 30mins or 390mins.

Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°. Therefore, for a 390mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 390÷4 = 97°30′

As per the question, the time of the unknown (message receiving) place is ahead of Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located to the east of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (0° + 97°30′) = 97°30’E.

Question 12. The captain of a ship notices that the local time at a port, where his ship has just reached, is 7:30 pm. But the Chronometer then shows the time 11:46 pm. What is the longitude of the port where the ship has reached? 2. How can the latitude be determined concerning Hadley’s
Octant?
Answer:

1 Determination of the longitude of the port:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Longitude of the port

The Chronometer runs based on Greenwich time. When the ship reached the port at 11:46 pm according to Greenwich time, the local time of the port was 7:30 pm.

Therefore, the time difference between these two places would be (11:46 pm – 7:30 pm) i.e./ (23hrs 46mins – 19hrs 30mins) = 4hrs 16mins or 256mins.

Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 256 mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 256 4÷4 = 64° So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the port is 64°

As it is known that the local time of the port is behind that of Greenwich, the port would be located to the west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the port would be (64° – 0°) =64° or 64° W

2. Determination of latitude concerning Hadley’s Octant:

Hadley’s Octant is a constellation of stars in the southern sky that is noteworthy as a marking of the geographical South Pole. In ancient times, people used the Pole Star to determine the north and Hadley’s Octant to determine the south. The Hadley’s Octant is visible in the night sky from all places in the southern – hemisphere but its angle of elevation is not the same at all places.

The angle of elevation changes with varying latitudes. The angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant near the Equator is zero and thus the Equator is measured as 0° latitude. From the Equator, if we move 111.3 km to the south, we reach the 1° S latitude, and the angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant at 1° S is measured to be 1°. In the same sequence, the angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant is measured to be 90° or exactly vertical at the South Pole. Therefore, concerning the angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant from the horizon of a place, the latitude of the place can be easily determined.

Question 13. New York is located at 74° W. What would be the time in New York when it is 11 am in Greenwich? 2. Determine the difference in the local time of a place and its antipodal point.
Answer:

1. Determination of the local time of New York:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Local time of new york

The longitude of Greenwich is 0°.

Therefore, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and New York is ( 74° – 0°) = 74°

Now, for the 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4mins.

So, for a 74° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 74 x 4 = 296 mins or 4hrs 56mins.
As New York is located to the west of Greenwich, the local time of New York will be behind Greenwich time.

Therefore, while it is 11 am at Greenwich, the time in New York would be (l hrs-4hrs 56mins) = 6hrs 04mins or 6:04 am.

2. Determination of the difference in local time of a place and its antipodal point:

The anti-pod of a point is a point on the Earth’s surface that is diametrically opposite to it.

So, the longitudinal difference between these two places is always 180°.

We know, that for a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4mins.

So, for the 180° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 180 x 4 = 720mins or 12hrs.

Therefore, the difference in the local time of a place and its antipodal point is 12 hours.

WBBSE Geography Chapter 3

Question 14. When it is 6:30 am in Chennai, the time in New York is 8:13 pm on the previous day. What is the longitude of New York, if the longitude of Chennai is 80° 15′ E? 2. While on a voyage, a captain of a ship notices at 1:00 pm that the time being shown in the Chronometer is 6:30 pm. Which longitude is the ship passing through at that time?
Answer:

1. Determination of the longitude of New York:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Longitude of the place the ship os passing through

When it is 6:30 am in Chennai, the time in New York is 8:13 pm on the previous day. Therefore, the difference in local time between Chennai and New York is (8:13 pm of the previous day 6:30 am) or [(24hrs 20hrs 13mins) + 6hrs 30mins] = 10hrs 17mins or 617mins.

Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

∴ for a 617mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be (617+ 4) = 154°15′.
So, the longitudinal difference between New York and Chennai is 154° 15′.

Now, since the local time of New York is behind the local time of Chennai, this implies that New York is located to the west of Chennai.

the longitude of New York is (154°15′-80°15′) = 74° or 74° W.

2. Determination of the longitude of the place, the ship is passing through

The Chronometer runs based on Greenwich time. The time difference between Greenwich time and the unknown location of the ship is (6:30 pm – 1:00 pm) or (18hrs 30mins 13hrs) = 5hrs 30mins or 330mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1″. Therefore, for the 330mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 3304 82°30′.

So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown location of the ship is 82° 30′.

As it is known that the time of the unknown location is behind that of Greenwich, the unknown place would be located to the west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (82°30′ -0°) 82° 30′ W.

Question 15. When the local time of Tripoli (13° 12’E) is 5 pm, the local time of an unknown city would be 7 am. What would be the longitude of this unknown city? When the local time of Katakana  (88°30’E) is 11:30 am, the local time of Tokyo is 2:51 pm. What would be the longitude of Tokyo?
Answer:

1. Determination of the longitude of the unknown city:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface long titude of unknown city

(5 pm 7 am) i.e., (17hrs 7hrs) = 10hrs or 600mins. Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 600-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 600 ÷ 4 = 150°.

As per the question, the time of the unknown city is behind that of Tripoli, so the unknown city would be located to the west of Tripoli. Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be
(150° 13°12′) = 136°48′ or 136° 48′ W.

2. Determination of the longitude of Tokyo:

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of tokyo

The difference in local time between Tokyo and Kolkata is- (2:51 pm – 11:30 am) i.e., (14hrs 51mins – 11hrs 30mins) = 3hrs or 21mins or 201mins. Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°

Therefore, for the 201mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 201÷ 4 = 50°15′.
As per the question, the time in Tokyo is ahead of Kolkata, so Tokyo would be located to the east of Kolkata (88° 30′ E). Therefore, the longitude of Tokyo would be (88° 30′ + 50° 15′) 138°45′ or 138° 45′ E.

Question 14. What would be the local time of Dhaka (90° E), when it is 6 am in Seoul (127° 06’E)?
Answer:

Determination of the local time of Dhaka:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface LOCAL TIME OF DHAKA..

Both Seoul and Dhaka are located in the eastern hemisphere.

The longitudinal difference between Seoul and Dhaka is (127°06′-90°) = 37°06′.

So, the difference in time between Seoul and Dhaka would be

If, for every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes. Therefore, for a 37° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (37 × 4) = 148 minutes or 2hrs 28mins.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 seconds. Therefore, for a 6′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (6 × 4) = 24 seconds.
So, the total time difference between Seoul and Dhaka becomes (2hrs 28mins + 24 seconds) = 2hrs 28mins 24 secs.

Since Dhaka is located to the west of Seoul, so the local time of Dhaka would be behind the local time of Seoul. Therefore, when it is 6 am in Seoul, the local time of Dhaka would be (6hrs – 2hrs 28mins 24 secs) = 3hrs 31mins 36 seconds or 3:31:36 am.

Question 15. Greenwich Time Signal was received by a place at 4:32 pm when it was noon at Greenwich. What is the longitude of that place, if the time taken by the signal to reach that place from Greenwich is calculated to be 2 minutes?
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the unknown place:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of the unknown palces

Greenwich Time Signal (2 minutes)Longitude (0°) Greenwich (noon)Longitude (?) Unknown place (4:32 pm)

The Greenwich Time Signal from Greenwich at noon was heard at 4:32 pm in an unknown place. The time taken by the signal to reach that place from Greenwich is 2 minutes.

Therefore, the signal should have reached that place at (4hrs 32mins – 2 mins) = 4hrs 30mins i.e., at 4:30 pm if the time lost in transmission is ignored.

So, the difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown place is- (4:30 pm-12 noon) i.e., (16hrs 30mins – 12hrs) 4hrs 30mins or 270mins.

Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 270-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 270 ÷ 4 = 67° 30′. So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown place is 67° 30′.

As per the question, the time of the unknown place is ahead of Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located to the east of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (0° + 67° 30′)= 67° 30′ or 67° 30’E

Question 16. What would be the local time, day, and date in Kolkata (88° 30′ E), while it is Wednesday at 8:30 pm on December 31, 2019, in New York (74° W)?
Answer: Determination of the local time, day, and date in Kolkata:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Loacl time day and date in kolkata

The longitudinal difference between New York and Kolkata is- (74° + 88° 30′) = 162° 30′.

Therefore, the difference in local time between New York and Kolkata would be—

Now, for 1° longitudinal difference is 4 minutes.

So, for the 162° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 162 x 4 = 684 mins.

Again, for every l1 longitudinal difference time difference experienced is 4secs. Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference time difference will be (30 x 4) = 120secs or 2mins.

So, the total time difference between New York and Kolkata becomes (648 + 2) = 650 mins or hrs 50mins.

As Kolkata is located to the east of New York, the local time of Kolkata will be ahead of New York. Therefore, while it is Wednesday 8:30 pm on 31 December 2019 in New York, the time in Kolkata would be (Wednesday 8:30 pm on 31 December 2019 + hrs 50mins) = Thursday 7:20 am on 1 January 2020.

Question 17. What would be the longitude of an unknown place that records noon, while it is 4:30 pm at Green¬wich? 2. What would be the local time in Madrid (3° 42′ W), when it is 8 pm in Vienna (16° 20’E)?
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the unknown places:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Longitude of the unknown palce 2

The difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown place is— (4:30 pm – 12 noon) i.e., (16hrs 30mins – 12hrs) = 4hrs 30mins or 270mins.

Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 270-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 270÷4 = 67°30′.

So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown place is 67° 30′.

As per the question, the time of the unknown place is behind Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located to the west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (67° 30′ – 0°) = 67° 30′ or 67° 30′ W.

2. Determination of the local time in Madrid:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface the local of the mardrid

The longitudinal difference between Vienna and Madrid is— (16° 20′ + 3° 42′) = 20° 02’.

Now, for the 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4mins.

So, for a 20° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 20 x 4 = 80 mins or LHR 20 mins.
Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (30 x 4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4secs.
Therefore, for 21 longitudinal differences, the time difference will be (2 x 4) = 8 secs.

So, the total time difference between Vienna and Madrid becomes (LHR 20mins + 8secs)= LHR 20mins 8secs. As Madrid is located to the west of Vienna, the local time of Madrid will be behind Vienna time.

Therefore, while it is 8 pm in Vienna, the time in Madrid would be (8 pm – 1 hr 20mins 8secs) = (20hrs – LHR 20mins 8secs) = 18hrs 39mins 52secs or 6:39:52 pm.

Finding Location Using Earth’s Grid System Class 9

Question 18. It takes 8 hours by flight to reach London from Kolkata. At what time the flight would reach London, if it takes off for London at 8 pm on 31 December 2019 as per 1ST time?
Answer:

Determination of the time and date when the flight will reach London:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface time and date when the fight will reach reach london

The longitudinal difference between Kolkata and London is (82°30′-0°) = 82°30

So, the difference in time between Kolkata and Greenwich would be

For every. 1° longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 minutes.

∴  for 82° longitudinal difference, time difference will be (82 x 4) = 328 minutes.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 seconds.

For a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (30 × 4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.

So, the total time difference between London and Kolkata becomes (328 + 2)m = 330 minutes or 5hrs 30mins.

Therefore, As London is located to the west of Kolkata, the time in London would be behind Kolkata.

When it is 8 pm on 31 December 2019 in Kolkata, the time in London would be (20hrs 5hrs 30mins) = 14:30 hours or 2:30 pm on the same day and date.

Now, it takes 8 hours by flight to reach London from Kolkata.

So, the flight will reach at (14hrs 30mins + 8hrs) 22hrs 30mins or 10:30 pm on the same date and day i.e., December 31, 2019, according to GMT.

Question 19. When it is 6:32 am in Chennai, the time in New York is 8:15 pm the previous day. As Chennai is located at 80° 15′ E, where is New York located? 2. Why is the radio broadcast time difference between Kolkata (88° 30′ E) and Dhaka (89° E) 30 minutes even if the longitudinal difference between them is 30′?
Answer:

1. Determination of the longitude of New York:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of new York

Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

The local time of Chennai is 6:32 am and New York is 8:15 pm of the previous day.

So, the difference in local time between New York and Chennai is—

(Previous day 8:15 pm – 6:32 am) or [(24hrs – 20hrs 15minsj + 6hrs 32mins] = lOhrs 17mins or 617mins.

Now, for every 4-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

For a 617-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 617÷4 = 154°15′.
As per the question, the time of New York is behind that of Chennai, so New York would be located to the west of Chennai. Therefore, the longitude of New York would be (154° 15’ – 80° 15’) = 74° or 74° W.

2. Reasons for the difference in radio broadcast time between Kolkata and Dhaka: The longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Dhaka is 301. Accordingly, the time difference between them should be 2 minutes. But the difference in radio broadcasts is 30mins. The reason behind this is, that the time that the radio broadcast follows in Kolkata is according to the 1ST (82° 30′ E), and that in Dhaka is that of their standard meridian of 90° E.

The longitudinal difference (according to the standard meridians of India and Bangladesh) between Kolkata and Dhaka is (90° – 82° 30′) – 7° 30′.

So, the difference in time between Kolkata and Dhaka would be—

For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes.

Therefore, for the 7° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (7×4) = 28 mins.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 seconds.

Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (30×4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes. Therefore, the total time difference between Kolkata and Dhaka becomes (28 + 2) = 30 minutes.

Question 20. Determine the antipodal point for Kolkata (22° 30′ N, 88° 30′ E). 1 What was the day and date of the antipodal point of Kolkata, when it was Thursday, 1 March, 2012,8 am in Kolkata?
Answer:

Determination of the antipodal point of Kolkata: It is known that the longitudinal difference between a point and its antipode is always 180°.

So, if the longitude of Kolkata is 88° 30′ E, its antipode will be located at (180° – 88° 30′) = 91° 30′ W.
The latitude of the antipode will also be located in the opposite hemisphere. The latitude of the antipode point of Kolkata would be 22° 30′ S.

Therefore, the antipodal point of Kolkata is located at 22° 30′ S, 91° 30′ W.

Determination of the day, date, and time of Kolkata’s antipodal point:

The time difference between a point and its antipode is always 12 hours. So, if it was Thursday, March 1, 2012, at 8 am in Kolkata, the day, date, and time at its antipode were (Thursday, March 1, 2012, 8 am – 12 hours) = Wednesday, February 29, 2012, 8 pm. As 2012 was a leap year, February had 29 days.

WBBSE Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Short Answer Questions

Question 1. Why the Equator is known as the ‘great circle’?
Answer: The Equator Is Known As The ‘Great Circle’:

When the center of the circle that is drawn on the Earth’s surface and the center of the Earth is the same, then the circle becomes a ‘great circle’. There are several imaginary lines of latitude drawn over the Earth’s surface and out of those lines, the Equator is known as the great circle, because-

  1. The largest circle: The Equator is the largest circle. It is not possible to draw a circle larger than the Equator over the Earth’s surface.
  2. Same center with the Earth: The center of the Earth and that of the Equator lies at the same point.
  3. Divide the Earth equally: If the Earth is divided along the Equator, we get two halves One is the northern hemisphere and the other is the southern hemisphere. Centre of the Earth Equator (great circle)

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Equator(great circle)

Question 2. Introduce the important parallels of the Earth.
Answer: The important parallels of the Earth are-

1. Equator: The value of the Equator is 0°: Characteristics- The main characteristics of the Equation are-

  1. The equator is extended along the middle of the Earth. Its circumference is the largest and it has divided the Earth into two halves, so it is called the great circle.
  2. The latitude of a place is determined by the Equator.

2. Tropic of Cancer: Value of the Tropic of Characteristics- The main characteristics of the Tropic of Cancer are. It is the last limit of the northward movement of the Sun and delimits the northern boundary of Torrid Zone 2. Vertical sunrays fall on this latitude on 21 June.

3. Tropic of Capricorn: Value of the Tropic of Capricorn is Characteristics-The main characteristics of the Tropic of Capricorn are-

  1. It is the last limit of the southward movement of the Sun and delimits the southern limit of the Torrid Zone.
  2. On 22 December, vertical sunrays fall on this latitude.

4. Arctic Circle: The value of the Arctic Circle is 10 66 N. Characteristics- The main characteristics of the Arctic Circle are-

  1. The region between the Arctic Circle and the North Pole experiences 24 hours of the day from 21 June for 6 months at a stretch.
  2. It is the northern limit of the Temperate Zone. After this circle, the Frigid Zone begins.

5. Antarctic Circle: The value of the Antarctic 10 Circle is 66½º S. Characteristics-The main characteristics of the Antarctic Circle are-

  1. From 22 December the region between the Antarctic Circle and the South Pole experiences 24 hours of the day for 6 months at a stretch.
  2. It is the southern limit of the Temperate Zone. 3. After this circle, the Frigid Zone begins.

Question 3. What are the differences between latitude and parallels of latitude?
Answer: The differences between latitude and parallels of latitude are

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Differences Between Latitude And Parallels Of Latitude

Question 4. What are the differences between the axis and parallels of latitude?
Answer: The differences between the axis and parallels of latitude are- 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Differences Between The Axis And Parallels Of Latitude

Question 5. ‘The Equator is the most important latitude of the Earth. Why?
Answer: The Equator is the most important latitude of the Earth, because-

  1. Demarcation of hemispheres: The Equator is an east-west extended imaginary line passing through the middle of the Earth. It divides the Earth into two halves as northern hemisphere and the southern hemisphere.
  2. Calculation of latitude: The angular distance or latitude of a place on the Earth is measured from the Equator.
  3. Drawing of the parallels: All lines of latitude are drawn parallel to the Equator.
  4. Formation of the Torrid Zone: The sun’s rays fall vertically over the Equator and adjacent areas throughout the year. Thus, these regions form the Torrid Zone.
  5. Balance of the day and night: Length days and nights are of equal duration (12hrs) at the Equator, throughout the year. This is because the Equator lies in the middle of the Earth.

Question 6. Why does high temperature prevail in the torrid zone throughout the year?
Answer: High Temperature Prevails in The Torrid Zone Throughout The Year:-

The torrid zone extends between the Tropic of Cancer (232½°N) and the Tropic of Capricorn (23½º S). The apparent motion of the Sun is also restricted between these tropics. Starting from 22 December to 21 June, the Sun moves from the Tropic of Capricorn to the Tropic of Cancer, which is known as the apparent northward movement of the Sun.

Similarly from 21 June to 22 December, the Sun moves in the opposite direction which is known as the apparent southward movement of the Sun. Therefore, this region receives vertical rays of the Sun throughout the year, and this is why high temperature (25°C-35°C) prevails in this zone.

Question 7. What is meant by meridians of longitude? Discuss their properties and their uses.
Answer: Meridians Of Longitude:

Meridians of longitude: In geography, a meridian is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the Earth, that ends at the geographical poles-the North Pole and the South Pole. It connects all the points of equal longitude. Each meridian is of equal length and is perpendicular to all the circles of latitude.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Meridians Of Longitude

Properties and uses of meridians of longitude: The Properties and the uses of meridians of longitude are as follows-

  1. All the meridians of longitude are half circles.
  2. They are not parallel to each other.
  3. The distance between two consecutive meridians is the highest at the Equator and reduces gradually towards the Poles.
  4. All the meridians are of equal length.
  5. All places on the same meridian have the same longitudinal degree.
  6. The climatic characteristics of the places on the same meridian are not the same.
  7. The local time of various places lying on the same longitude is always the same.

Uses: The uses of the meridians of longitude are-

  1. The east-west position of a place can be determined concerning the Prime Meridian and the other longitudes as the standard of measure.
  2. The local time of any place on the surface of the Earth can be calculated based on which longitude it is positioned.
  3. Sometimes the boundary of any country or state is demarcated by the meridians. For example, some state boundaries of the USA.

Question 8. Explain with examples how the location of a place can be determined using the lines of latitude and longitude. How does the local time change with changing lines of longitude?
Answer: Determination of the location of a place with the help of parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude:

The location of any place on the Earth’s surface can be determined by using the lines of latitude and longitude. The parallels of latitude are full circles and run in an east-west direction. On the other hand, the meridians of longitude are half circles and run in a north-south direction. The combination of these two components forms a graticule that specifies the position of any place on the Earth.

This is why both parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude are shown on the map. To determine the exact location of a place, both are essential. For example, the location of Kolkata is 22° 30′ N and 88° 30′ E.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 The Loaction Of A Palce With The Help Of Latitudes And Longitudes

This statement explains the fact that Kolkata is located at the intersection point of 22°30′ N latitude and 88°30’E longitude.

Change of the local time with the changing lines of longitude: The lines of longitude of the Earth are half-circular lines that extend from north to south. Since the Earth rotates on its axis once every 24 hours, each longitude faces the Sun directly once every 24 hours. When the Sun is directly overhead any longitude, it is noon at that longitude.

The local time of that longitude is calculated concerning noon time at that longitude. Therefore, each line of longitude experiences noon only once every 24 hours and each longitude experiences it at different points in time. That is why local time changes with changes in the longitude.

Question 9. What is the International Date Line? Explain the significance of the line.
Answer:
Internation Date Line:

The International Date Line is an imaginary line that follows the 180° longitude. However, it deviates from its original position near the Aleutian, Fiji, and the Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a divider between the dates of the eastern and the western hemispheres. It is according to this line that the calendar date changes.

Significance of International Date Line: The Earth takes 24 hours or 1440 minutes to complete one rotation of 360°. Therefore, for every 1° difference in longitude, we experience a time difference of 4 minutes. Moreover, since the Earth rotates from west to east, the local time in the east is ahead of the local time in the west.

So, if the local time is followed on a world For example, both the 180° E and the 180° W are tour, a lot of discrepancies can arise regarding the date and time of the places. This creates a lot of confusion and inconvenience for business purposes.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 International Date Line

Question 10. What do you mean by the Greenwich Mean Time?
Answer: Greenwich Mean Time:-

Greenwich Mean Time or GMT is the local time of the 0° Meridian passing through Greenwich near London. As different countries have different standard times, it becomes difficult to carry out international communications. To avoid this problem, Greenwich Mean Time is followed across the globe. Therefore, GMT is also known as Universal Time. Countries located to the east of the Prime

Question 11. How can we determine the longitude of a place?
Answer:

Determination Of Longitude Of A Place:-

The longitude of a place can easily be determined with the following references-

1. Concerning the time of any other longitude: We experience a time difference of 4 minutes, for a 1° longitudinal difference. So, if 4 minutes are added to the local time of a place, we get the next longitude, at an interval of 1°, towards the east of that place.

Similarly, if 4 minutes are subtracted from the local time of a place, we get the next longitude, at an interval of 1°, towards the west of that place. Therefore, if the local times of any two places are known along with the longitude of any one place, the longitude of the other place can be easily calculated.

2. Concerning GMT: GMT is the local time of the 0″ meridian passing through Greenwich near London. This is also known as Universal Time. So, if the time difference of a place from the GMT is known, the longitude can be easily calculated. Local time is ahead for places to the east and behind for the places to the west of Prime Meridian.

Example: The Indian Standard Time is ahead by 5 hours 30 minutes of GMT Therefore, the longitude of the Standard Meridian of India will be 82° 30’E.

Question 12. How was the International Date Line determined?
Answer: International Date Line:-

To use a global time zone system with an International Date Line, the day and date have to be separated at some point on the Earth by marking a terminal point. The suitable solution was provided in 1884 by the International Meridian Conference (IMC), held in Washington D.C., that representatives of 25 nations attended.

The IMC selected the 180° meridian as this terminal point. The imaginary line of the International Date Line was thus drawn that follows the 180° longitude mostly but deviates from its original position near the Aleutian Islands, Fiji, and Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a dividing line between the dates of the eastern and western hemispheres. It is according to this line, that calendar dates are changed.

Question 13. Write a brief note on Prime Meridian and International Date Line.
Answer: Prime Meridian: The Prime Meridian is the imaginary line of longitude, considered to have a value of 0°, which passes through the Greenwich Observatory in London.

Characteristics: Special The special characteristics of Prime Meridian are-

  1. This line is directly opposite the 180° line of longitude or the International Date Line.
  2. This line divides the Earth into the eastern and western hemispheres.
  3. As this line passes through the Royal Observatory in Greenwich, London, it is called the Greenwich Line.
  4. The location and local time of any place is determined with reference. To this line.
  5. The line is important to know the distance of a place from the Prime Meridian in an east-west direction.

International Date Line:  The International Date Line is an imaginary line that follows the 180° longitude mostly but deviates from its original position over the landmasses.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Antipedal position

Special characteristics: The special characteristics of the International Date Line are-

  1. A calendar date starts and ends at this line.
  2. When anyone crosses the International Date Line from east to west, he subtracts one day from his calendar.
  3. Similarly, he has to add one day when he crosses the line from west to east.

Question 14. Why do some countries have more than one standard time?
Answer: Some Countries Have More Than One Standard Time:-

Places situated on different meridians have different local times. Several meridians pass through every country. If all their local times are considered then the proper functioning of the administration and business gets hindered.

So, to avoid such a situation, the local time of the central meridian is taken as the standard time for the entire country. However, countries with a vast east-west extension face problems regarding the time difference between their eastern and western parts.

Too great a time difference between the extreme east and the extreme west causes inconvenience and confusion. Therefore, these countries are divided into several time zones, each having its own standard time. For example, Russia is divided into 11 time zones.

Question 15. What do you mean by Daylight Saving Time or DST?
Answer: Daylight Saving Time Or DST:-

In countries of high latitudes, the difference between the duration of day and night is quite huge with the changing seasons. Therefore, many countries started using Daylight Saving Time or DST (first proposed by Benjamin Franklin in 1784) to make better use of natural daylight in the evenings. Many use it to reduce the amount of energy needed for artificial lighting during the evening hours.

Many countries in the northern hemisphere, like the USA, Canada, Central America, Europe, Asia, and North Africa use DST. Similarly, many countries in the southern hemisphere, like Australia, New Zealand, countries of South America, and South Africa also use DST. In the northern hemisphere, from 21 March the countries advance the clock timing by 1-2 hours. Likewise from 23 September, the clock is set back by 2 hours to make the best use of the daylight.

Question 16. Differentiate between parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude.
Answer: The differences between parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude are Points of difference-

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Differences between parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude

 

Question 17. What are the differences between longitude and meridians of longitude?
Answer: The differences between longitude and meridians of longitude are-

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Differences between longitude and meridians of longitude

 

Question 18. What are the differences between local time and standard time?
Answer: The differences between local time and standard time are

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Differences between local time and standard time

Question 18. How Local time Practical usage of this is not that This is used primarily for convenience significance of administration and governance are longitude and time interrelated.
Answer: Longitude and time are interrelated in the following ways-

Determination of midday and local time: Longitude helps in determining the time of midday in any area. The time of midday helps in determining the rest of the time of the day because every longitude of the Earth faces the Sun at least once in 24 hours.

The difference between each 1° longitude and time is 4 minutes: The Earth takes 24 hours to complete a rotation. So, the Earth rotates 360° in 24 hours. That means, to complete a 1° rotation, Earth takes 4 minutes.

The regions of the East are always ahead in time of those of the West: The Earth rotates from west to east, so the places in the East experience sunrise and sunset earlier than the places in the West. So, the places located in the east are ahead in time of the places located in the west.

Question 19. Write three characteristics of antipodes
Answer: Diametrically opposite places on the Earth’s surface are antipodes to each other. Three characteristics of antipodes are-

  1. The latitudinal value of a place and its antipodes always remain the same, but the hemispheres are different.
  2. The longitudinal difference between any place on the Earth and its antipodes is always 180°.
  3. If a place lies on the Equator, its antipodes will always lie on the Equator, and antipodes of a place that lies at 180° longitude, will always lie at 0° longitude.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Antipedal position

Question 20. How will you reckon the antipodes of a place based on longitude?
Answer: Reckon The Antipodes Of A Place based on Longitude:-

Two ends of any diameter of the Earth are antipodes to one another. So, the reckoning of the antipodes is possible if the longitude of a place is known. As a place and its antipodes lie on diametrically opposite sides of the Earth, the longitudinal difference between a place and its antipodes will always be 180°.

As an example, the longitude of Katakana is 88°30′ East. So, the longitude of its antipodes will be (180° – 88°30′ E) it’s = 91°30′ West (Refer to Figure ‘Antipodal position’ of question number 11 of this section).

Question 21. ‘The difference of time between a place and its antipodes is 12 hours.” Explain.
Answer: Refer to the second part of question number 9 from the ‘Numerical Problems’ section.

Question 22. Determine the difference between a place and its antipodes.
Answer: Difference Between A Place And Its Antipodes:-

The differences between a place and its antipodes are that a place and its antipodes are always situated at opposite longitudes. The longitudinal difference between a place and its antipodes is always 180°.

The time difference between a place and its antipodes is always 12 hours. A place and its antipodal place always lie in opposite hemispheres. A place and its antipodes always lie at the opposite points of the diameter that passes through the center of the Earth.

Question 23. Why is the 180° longitude known as the International Date Line?
Answer: 180° Longitude Is Known As The International Date Line:-

180° longitude is known as the International Date Line, because- 180° longitude is considered the starting and ending point of the dates and times on the Earth. Since 180° longitude passes mostly over the water bodies, the time zones of the continents are not affected. When the 180° longitudinal line is crossed from the western side of the Greenwich, the international date is added by a day. Again, when the 180° longitudinal line is crossed from the eastern side of Greenwich, the international date is subtracted by a day.

Question 24. Why does the International Date Line not follow the 180° line of longitude throughout?
Answer: The International Date Line almost together also forms a great circle. Coincides with the 180° longitude but is not completely the same line. It zigzags to avoid crossing over any landmass. In the northern hemisphere, the International Date Line is displaced eastwards to avoid the Wrangell Island as well as the Chukchi Peninsula on the Russian mainland and then deviates west to avoid the Bering Sea and also deviates almost 7° to avoid the Aleutian Islands.

In the southern hemisphere, the International Date Line deviates almost 11° to avoid Fiji, Chatham, and other islands. This makes it convenient for all the people of Siberia to follow the standard time of Siberia, the people of the Aleutian Islands to follow the Pacific Standard Time of the USA and Fiji, and the people of Tonga and Chatham to follow the standard time of New Zealand and avoid any kind of confusion.

Question 25. What is meant by a great circle?
Answer: Great Circle:-

When the center of a circle is drawn on the surface of a sphere and the center of the sphere is the same then the circle is known as a great circle.

Characteristics: The main characteristics of the Great Circle are-

  1. It is not possible to draw a circle on the surface of a sphere greater than the great circle.
  2. The center of the great circle coincides with the center of the sphere.
  3. The great circle divides the Earth into two equal hemispheres.

Example: Amongst the parallels, the Equator is the only great circle. The two opposite longitudes

Question 26. Write the differences between the Equator and the Prime Meridian.
Answer: The differences between the Equator and the Prime Meridian are

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Differences Between The Equator And The Prime Meridian

 

Question 27. ‘A tourist experiences a change of time as he goes round the Earth along the Equator and observes a change of climate as he goes from the Equator to the Poles along the meridian’-Briefly explain the reason.
Answer: Keeping the Sun in front, the Earth is rotating on its axis from west to east direction, and the time taken by the Earth to complete one rotation is about 24 hours or 1 day. When a tourist goes around the Earth along the Equator, On the other hand, the intensity of effective solar radiation gradually decreases from the Equator to the Poles. So, the climate gets colder towards the Poles. That is why the change of climate is observed from the Equator to the Poles along the meridian.

WBBSE Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place on the Earth’s Surface Short Answer Questions

Question 1. What is meant by parallels of latitude?
Answer: Parallels Of Latitude:

The imaginary lines drawn over the Earth, which run parallel to the Equator are known as parallels of latitude. They are also called lines of latitude. These lines join all places having the same latitudinal value or angular distance from the Equator. For example, the Tropic of Cancer (23½º N).

Question 2. What are the properties of the lines of latitude?
Answer: The properties of the lines of latitudes are-

  1. All the lines of latitude are full circles and run parallel to each other.
  2. They all run in an east-west direction. As the latitudinal value increases, the circumference of the circles of latitudes decreases. The local time of the places lying on the same latitude is always different.

Question 3. What is the Equator?
Answer: Equator:

The Equator is an imaginary east-west line encircling the Earth midway between the North and South Poles. The Equator is the 0° latitude. It divides the Earth into two halves called the Northern Hemisphere and the Southern Hemisphere. The average circumference of the Equator is 40,000km.

Question 4. What is meant by equatorial plane?
Answer: Equatorial Plane:

The imaginary plane that passes through the Equator and cuts the Earth into two halves is called the equatorial plane. The center of the Earth lies on this plane and so, the angular value of this plane is 0°. It is perpendicular to the Earth’s axis.

Question 5. What are the Arctic Circle and Antarctic Circle?
Answer: Arctic Circle And Antarctic Circle:

Arctic Circle is the parallel of latitude that runs along 66½º north of the Equator, whereas, Antarctic Circle is the parallel of latitude that runs along 66½º south of the Equator. The region beyond the Arctic and the Antarctic Circles experiences 6 months of complete daylight and 6 months of complete darkness throughout the year.

Question 6. What is meant by latitude?
Answer: Latitude:

The angular distance of a place, north or south of the Equator, usually measured in degrees is known as latitude. All the places having the same latitudinal value, joined by a single line, form the parallel. For example, the latitude of Kolkata is 22° 30′ N.

Question 7. What is meant by angular distance?
Answer: Angular Distance:

An angle whose apex is at the center of the spherical Earth and whose legs are radii intersecting the circle in two distinct points, thereby subtending an arc between those two points is known as the angular distance. The unit used to measure the angular distance is degrees, minutes, and seconds as it is conceptually identical to an angle.

Question 8. What is a Sextant?
Answer: Sextant:

A Sextant is an instrument used to determine the angle between a celestial object and the horizon (this angle is also known as the object’s altitude). The instrument has an in-built telescope and helps in determining the latitude of a place.

Question 9. What is meant by the northern and the southern latitudes?
Answer: Northern And The Southern Latitudes:

The latitudes can be delineated into two types based on which hemisphere it is located in. They are-

Northern latitudes: Latitudes located to the north of the Equator are known as northern latitudes. So, all the latitudes from 1° to 90° in the northern hemisphere will be marked as northern latitudes. These are denoted by the letter ‘N’.

Southern latitudes: Latitudes located to the south of the Equator are known as southern latitudes. So, all the latitudes from 1° to 90° in the southern hemisphere are the southern latitudes. These are denoted by the letter ‘S’.

Question 10. What is meant by 22°30′ N latitude of Kolkata?
Answer: 22°30′ N Latitude Of Kolkata:

Latitude is the angular distance of a place from the center of the Earth either north or south of the Equator on the equatorial plane. Latitudes at the north and south of the equatorial plane are known as northern and southern latitudes respectively. Now, the latitude of Kolkata is 22°30’N, which means Kolkata is located at an angular distance of 22°30′ north of the Equator.

Question 11. What is the difference between a great circle and a small circle?
Answer: Difference Between A Great Circle And A Small Circle:

When the center of a circle is drawn on the surface of a sphere and the center of the Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface sphere are the same, then the circle is called a great circle.

The other circles that can be drawn on the surface of a sphere are called small circles. A great circle is different from small circles because small circles do not share the same center as the sphere. For example, the Equator(0°) is a great circle whereas, both the Tropics (23½º) are small circles.

Question 12. What is meant by meridian?
Answer: Meridian:

In geography, a meridian is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the Earth, that ends at the geographical poles- the North Pole and the South Pole. It. Connects all the points of equal longitude. Each meridian is of equal length and is perpendicular to all the circles of latitude.

Question 13. What are the properties of lines of longitude?
Answer: Properties Of Lines Of Longitude:

The properties of lines of longitude are- All the longitudes are half circles. The longitudes are of equal length. The longitudes run in a north-south direction. The local time of the places lying on the same longitude is always the same.

Question 14. What is the Prime Meridian?
Answer: Prime Meridian:

Prime Meridian is the imaginary line drawn from the North Pole to the South Pole that passes and through Greenwich and is designated as the 0° longitude. All other longitudes are measured from this line. The Greenwich Meridian divides the Earth into two equal halves-the eastern and western hemispheres.

Question 15. What is meant by longitude?
Answer: Longitude:

The angular distance of a place, east or west of the Greenwich Meridian, usually measured in degrees is known as longitude. All the places having the same longitudinal value, if joined by a single line, form the meridian. For example, the longitude of Kolkata is 88° 30′ E.

Question 16. What is local time?
Answer: Local Time:

The time of a place that is determined according to noon time or when the Sun is directly overhead the meridian passing through that place, is called the local time of that place. Local time is also determined using the angle of elevation of the Sun at that place.

Question 17. What is standard time?
Answer: Standard Time:

The time of any country that is standardized according to the local time at its Standard Meridian or the longitude passing through the middle of that country, is called standard time. The time of a country can be determined from this.

Question 18. What is meant by antipode?
Answer: Antipode:

The antipode of a point is the point on the Earth’s surface that is diametrically opposite to it. The two points which are antipodal to one another can be connected by a straight line running through the center of the Earth.

Question 19. What is the International Date Line?
Answer: International Date Line:

The International Date Line is an imaginary line that mostly follows the 180° longitude but deviates from its position near the Aleutian Islands, Fiji, and the Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a dividing line between the dates of the eastern and western hemispheres. According to this line, the calendar dates are changed.

Question 20. What is a Chronometer?
Answer: Chronometer:

Chronometer is a precise and accurate time-keeping device, used to determine the longitude at sea. In 1735, John Harrison built the first Chronometer, which he improved with many innovations, over the next thirty years before submitting it for examination. The most complete international collection of Chronometers, including the Harrison’s, is at the Royal Observatory, in London, England.

Question 21. At which places does the International Date Line deviate from the 180° longitude?
Answer: The International Date Line is not straight. It moves in a zigzag manner to avoid crossing through any landmass. In the northern hemisphere, the International Date Line is displaced eastwards to avoid Wrangel Island and then deviates almost 7° west near the Bering Sea to avoid the Aleutian Islands. In the southern hemisphere, the International Date Line deviates almost 11° to avoid Fiji, Chatham, and other islands.

Question 22. What is meant by graticule?
Answer: Graticule:

A graticule is a network or web of lines representing the Earth’s parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude, on which maps are drawn. The combination of these two components specifies the position of any place on Earth. However, it does not consider the altitude or depth of a place.

Question 23. What is the Standard Meridian for India?
Answer: Standard Meridian For India:

India, lying in the eastern hemisphere, has a vast longitudinal extension i.e., from 68°07′ E to 97°25′ E. The 82½ E longitude is taken as the Standard Meridian for the country and the local time of this meridian is considered the standard time for the entire India. It is known as the Indian Standard Time (IST). The Indian Standard Meridian (ISM) passes through the city of Allahabad. Therefore, the local time of Allahabad is taken as the standard time for India.

Question 24. What is a sundial?
Answer: Sundial:

Sundial is the earliest timekeeping device, that indicates the time of a day by the position of the shadow of some object that changes due to the apparent movement of the Sun. As the day advances, the Sun moves across the sky. As a result, the shadow of the object also moves accordingly and indicates the passage of time. The flat surface of the sundial is called the dial plate, which is generally made out of materials like wood, stone, metal, and others.

Question 25. Why is standard time more useful for a country than local time?
Answer: Standard Time More Useful For A Country Than Local Time:

Several meridians pass through every country. If their local times are considered then the proper functioning of the national services like railways, airways, and postal departments in the country gets hindered. So, a country considers the time of its central meridian or the standard meridian to calculate the standard time for the entire country. This is why standard time is more useful for a country than local time.

Question 26. Why does the local time change with the change of meridian?
Answer: Local Time Change With The Change Of Meridian:

The local time changes with the change of meridian, because because-The Earth takes 24 hours to complete one rotation on its axis. So, each meridian of the Earth faces the Sun once every 24 hours.

Midday occurs on a meridian when sunrays fall vertically on that meridian. The local time of that meridian is determined according to this time. So, midday occurs once every 24 hours in each meridian. So, the local time changes with the change of the meridian.

Question 27. What are am and pm?
Answer: Am And PM: The local time of any place between midnight or midnight and midday or noon is called ante meridian or am, while the local time of any place from midday or noon to midnight or midnight is called post meridian or pm.

Question 28. What are GMT and IST?
Answer: GMT And IST: GMT or Greenwich Mean Time is the local time of the Prime Meridian (0°) that passes through the Greenwich Royal Astronomical Observatory. In the year 1884, by an international agreement, the local time of the Prime Meridian was selected as the standard time for the whole world. So, it is also called World Standard Time.

IST is Indian Standard Time. The central meridian of India is 82°30′ East that passes through Mirzapur of Allahabad in Uttar Pradesh. The local time of 82°30′ East meridian is granted as the local time of all the places in India.

Question 29. What is the time zone?
Answer: Time Zone: Countries with great east-west longitudinal extensions have several time zones. Each zone has its own standard time. Thus Russia has been divided into 11 time zones.

WBBSE Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Fill In The Blanks

1. The lines of  Latitude run in an east-west direction. 

2. The latitudinal value of the Tropic of Cancer is  23½º

3. The only great circle among the parallels of latitude is the Equator.

4. The lines of latitude are also known as the parallels

5. The expanse between the 90° and the 6634° latitudes in both hemispheres is known as the Frigid Zone

6. The heavenly body that helps to determine latitude at the North Pole is the  Pole star

7. As the angular distance of a place, north or south of the Equator increases, the circumference of the latitude decreases

8. The equator divides the Earth into two halves.

9. The latitudes are in shape Circular.

10. The latitudes between the Equator and 30° in both hemispheres are known as Low latitudes.

11. The instrument used to calculate the latitude of any place is the Latitude of the Antarctic Circle Sextant

12. The latitude of the Antarctic Circle is 66½º S

13. The International Date Line coincides with the 180º Longitude

14. The location of any place on the surface of the Earth can be determined by the intersection point of the longitude and the latitude of that place.

15. With every 15° longitudinal difference, there is a time difference of 60º minutes.

16. The prime meridian is also referred to as the International Meridian.

17. The lines of longitude run in a north-south direction.

18. The number of time zones that Russia is divided into is 11

19. 82º is referred to as the standard meridian of India.

20. The longitudes are semi-circular in shape.

21. The standard time at any place in the world is determined concerning the green which meantime

22. All the longitudes are equal in length.

23. A time difference of 4 minutes is observed for a longitudinal difference of 1 º.

24. The angular value of the Prime Meridian is

25. The longitudinal difference between 90° W and 5° E is 95º

26. The standard meridian of the westernmost time zone of the USA is 120ºW

27. The antipode of the 180° longitude lies on 0º(prime meridian)

28. The line from which a new date starts in both the eastern and western hemispheres is the International Date Line

29. Each meridian cuts all parallels at Right angles

30. Before and after the time of midday is known as am and pm respectively.

31. According to the various positions of the Sun in the sky, the calculation of local time is called runtime.

32. The time difference between a place and its antipode is 12 hours.

WBBSE Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place On The Earth’s Surface Write True Or False

1. The Equator is an example of a great circle. True

2. The angle of elevation of the Pole Star in the southern hemisphere is 90°. False

3. The local time of a place is calculated with the help of its latitude. False

4. A chronometer is used to measure the latitude of a place. False

5. The 66½º N latitude is also known as the Antarctic Circle. False

6. All the lines of latitude intersect the lines of longitude horizontally. False

7. The angular distance of a place north or south of the Equator is the same for all the places located on the same latitude.  True

8. On 21 March, all the places on Earth experience 12 hours of the day and 12 hours of night. True

9. The angle of elevation of the Pole Star is measured to be 90° from any place in the northern hemisphere. False

10. Hadley’s Octant is used to determine the direction in the southern hemisphere.  True

11. The Equator passes through Brazil. True

12. 6°45’S is the southernmost latitude of India. True

13. The climatic characteristics of various places lying on the same latitude are alike. True

14. The latitudes between 30°-60° are called low latitude. False

15. Time is determined with the help of Sextant. False

16. Latitudinal values of all the places lying on a parallel are the same. True

17. All parallels are full circles. True

18. India lies in the southern hemisphere. False

19. The angle of elevation of the Pole Star in the southern hemisphere is measured by the Transit Theodolite. False

20. The Pole Star can be seen above the head at the North Pole. True

21. When it is 7 am in Kolkata, it is midnight at its antipode. False

22. The International Date Line is not straight. True

23. The 0° longitude is known as the Prime Meridian. True

24. A time difference of 24 hours is experienced with 180° of longitudinal difference. False

25. When it is daytime at a place, its antipode experiences night. True

26. The antipodal position of a place located on the Prime Meridian will be at 180° longitude True

27. The International Date Line is drawn on the waterbodies only. True

28. In the eastern hemisphere, units of time are added, with an increase in longitudinal value. True

29. Local time is calculated based on the highest position of the Sun on a particular meridian. True

30. The climatic characteristics change with a change in longitude. False

31. The Prime Meridian is also known as the Greenwich Meridian. True

32. Canada has 5 standard meridians. False

33. When the Sun is at its highest elevation on a particular meridian, it is considered to be noon at that place. True

34. The longitudinal difference between two places in the same hemisphere is calculated by adding up their longitudinal values. False

35. In the western hemisphere, time decreases with an increase in longitudinal value. True

36. Time in India is behind that of Greenwich Mean Time. False

37. The local time of Delhi is considered the standard time of India. False

38. The International Date Line passes through the Strait of Malacca. True

39. Longitudes are also known as meridians. True

40. Each meridian cuts each parallel at a right angle. True

41. All the meridians are of equal length. True

42. Calculation of Greenwich Mean Time is determined by Chronometer. True

43. Greenwich Time is called local time. False

44. Prime Meridian is a half circle. True

45. Meridians are parallel to each other. False

46. Another name for Prime Meridian is the International Date Line. False

47. All places on the same meridian have the same local time. True

48. Climate will change if you move along the Prime Meridian. True

49. Both 180° E and 180° W meridian the same line. True

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Match The Left Column With The Right Column

1.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Match The Column 1

Answer 1-D ,2-B, 3-A, 4-C

2.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Match The Column 2

Answer 1-C ,2-A, 3-D, 4-B

1.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Match The Column 3

Answer 1-B ,2-C, 3-D, 4-A

2.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Match The Column 4


Answer 1-A ,2-C, 3-D, 4-B

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s  Surface Answer In One Or Two Words

Question 1. What is the latitudinal value of the Arctic Circle?
Answer: 66½º N.

Question 2. What is the latitudinal value of the Tropic of Capricorn?
Answer: 232° S.

Question 3. What is the other name of lines of latitude?
Answer: Parallels of latitude.

Question 4. What is 90° N also known as?
Answer: North Pole.

Question 5. What is 90° S also known as?
Answer: South Pole.

Question 6. Name the latitude that is located at an equal distance from either of the poles.
Answer: The Equator.

Question 7. Name the imaginary plane that passes through the Equator and is perpendicular to the Earth’s axis.
Answer: Equatorial plane.

Question 8. Which line is the reference line to determine the latitude of a place?
Answer: The Equator.

Question 9. What is the other name of the North Pole?
Answer: Arctic.

Question 10. What is the other name of the South Pole?
Answer: Antarctic.

Question 11. What is the meaning of sextant?
Answer: 1/6 of a circle (60°).

Question 12. How many lines of latitude are there in the north of the Equator at an interval of 1° including the Equator?
Answer: 90.

Question 13. Which line does not form an angle with the equatorial plane or center of the Earth?
Answer: The Equator.

Question 14. What is Transit Theodolite?
Answer: An instrument to measure the angular distance.

Question 15. What are lines of longitude also known as?
Answer: Meridians of longitude.

Question 16. What is the Prime Meridian also known as?
Answer: Greenwich Meridian.

Question 17. What is the angular distance of a place, east or west of the Prime Meridian known as?
Answer: Longitude.

Question 18. Which natural object can be used to calculate time?
Answer: Sun.

Question 19. What is the other name of Local Mean Time?
Answer: Solar time.

Question 20. Who invented the Chronometer?
Answer: John Harrison.

Question 21. What is the linear distance between two lines of longitude, at an interval of 1°, along the Equator?
Answer: 111.3 km.

Question 22. What is located at the antipode of the Prime Meridian?
Answer: 180° longitude or the International Date Line.

Question 23. What is the time difference between 1ST and GMT?
Answer: 5 hours and 30 minutes.

Question 24. What is the time difference between a place and its antipode?
Answer: 12 hours.

Question 25. What is the longitudinal difference between a place and its antipode?
Answer: 180º.

Question 26. How much time is gained while crossing the International Date Line from the Western Hemisphere?
Answer: 24 hours or 1 day.

Question 27. When and where was the International Meridian Conference held?
Answer: October 1884 in Washington DC.

Question 28. Which state of India experiences sunrise first?
Answer: Arunachal Pradesh.

Question 29. Which meridian follows the International Date Line?
Answer: 180° meridian.

Question 30. What is the antipodal latitude of 30° N latitude?
Answer: 30° S.

Question 31. What is the time difference for the 15° meridian difference?
Answer: 60 minutes or 1 hour

Question 32. What is the satellite system for the determination of elevation and location on the Earth’s surface called?
Answer: Global Positioning System (GPS).

Question 33. Which country has the maximum number of standard meridians?
Answer: Russia (11).

Chemical Bonding Class 11 Questions with Answers

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Long Question And Answers

WBBSE Class 11 Chemical Bonding Questions and Answers

Question 1. How is crystalline NaCl formed from constituent elements?
Answer:

Formation Of Crystalline NaCl from constituent elements

When a Na-atom combines with a Cl-atom, the electron lost by die electropositive Na-atom is gained by the electronegative Cl-atom, resulting in the formation of Na+ and Cl ions respectively, each having inert gas configuration. The oppositely charged ions are bound by a strong electrostatic force of attraction to form an ionic, crystalline solid, NaCl.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 5

In the crystal of NaCl, each Nation is surrounded by 6 Cl ions, and each Cl ion is surrounded by 6 Na+ ions. This results in the formation of a three-dimensional crystal, where the lattice sites are alternately occupied by Na+ and Cl ions.

Question 2. In which of the given molecules, the central atom does not obey the octet rule? ClF3, SF2, OsFg, BCl3, NH3, NO2
Answer:

 Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 26

Read and Learn More WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry

Question 3. The melting point of MgBr2 is 700°C while that of AlBr3 is only 97°C. Give reason.
Answer:

Given

The melting point of MgBr2 is 700°C while that of AlBr3 is only 97°C.

According to Fajan’s rule, only the potential (phi) of the cations increases with an increase in cationic charge and a decrease in cationic radii. Consequently, the covalent character increases and the melting point of the corresponding salts decreases.

  1. In case of MgBr2 and AlBr3,
  2. The charge of Mg2+ is less than the charge of Al3+.
  3. Radius of Mg2+ is greater than the radius of Al3+.
  4. Thus, the melting point of AlBr3 is less than that of MgBr2

Question 4. What CuCl is more covalent than NaCl?
Answer:

CuCl is more covalent than NaCl because

If the charge and size of the cations remain constant, the cation with pseudo noble gas (18 electrons) configuration, as in the case of Cu+ (3s² 3p6 3d10) causes larger polarisation on the electron cloud of the anion than a cation with noble gas (8 electrons) configuration, as in case of Na+(2s22p6) because, (n-1) p electrons are more effective in shielding the outer electrons compared to the (n-1)d electrons.

As a result, an appreciable increase in electron charge cloud density between the two nuclei takes place, leading to an increase in the covalent character of the bond. Hence, CuCl is more covalent than NaCl.

Question 5. Arrange in increasing order according to the given properties and explain the order: MgCl2, AlCl3, NaCl, SiCl4 (melting point); LiBr, NaBr, KBr (melting point); (HI) MgCO3, CaCO3, BeCO3 (thermal stability); Hgl2, HgCl2 (intensity of color).
Answer:

SiCl4 < AlCl3 < MgCl2 < NaCl; [Ionic potential increases with either increase in charge on cation or cationic radius. As a result, the covalent character and melting point of the compounds formed increases.]

The order of melting point of the given bromides should be: LiBr < NaBr < KBr. Due to the increase in the size of the cation from Li+ to K+, the value of p increases.

So, the covalent character of the compounds increases. However, due to a decrease in lattice enthalpy from NaBr to KBr, the melting point decreases. Therefore, the correct order of melting point is LiBr < NaBr > KBr.

Question 6. Explain why AgCl is white whereas Agl is yellow If the degree of polarization of the anion is higher, then the electrovalent compound becomes colored (Example Pbl2 yellow) but if it is lower, then the compound is either white or colorless (Example PbCl2 is white)—why?
Answer:

The larger the anionic radius, the greater its tendency to get polarized. The higher polarisability of 1- ion, owing to its larger radius, facilitates the transition of electron (from anion to metal-ion) in the visible range, imparting a yellow color to Agl. On the other hand, the lower polarisability of the Cl ion, facilitates the transition of electrons in the UV range. Hence, AgCl appears white

Question 7. LiCl is soluble in organic solvents while the chlorides of other alkali metals are not. Explain.
Answer:

As we move down a group, the cationic radius increases, which decreases the polarising power of the cation, which ultimately decreases the covalent character of the compound. Since LiCl is the most covalent compound among all the alkali metal chlorides, it is soluble in organic (non-polar) solvents while the rest are not.

Question 8. Give reasons: SnCl2 is solid at room temperature while SnCl4 is liquid. Fel3 cannot be prepared. What is a coordinate covalent bond or coordinate bond?
Answer:

Sn4+ has a higher positive charge than Sn4+ liana greater polarising power than Sn2, Hence the covalency of the corresponding chlorides increases from SnCI2 to SnCI4, which results In a decrease In the melting point from SnCl2 to SnC2. Therefore SnCl2 Is a liquid while SnCl2 Is a solid at room temperature

Question 9. Aluminium chloride exists as a dimer—Explain.
Answer:

Aluminium chloride exists as a dimer

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 40

In AlCl3, the Al-atom has only 6 electrons in its valence shell. It requires two more electrons to complete Its octet. So it accepts a lone pair of electrons from the Cl-atom of another AlCl3 molecule as shown above. Thus, AlCl3 exists as a dimer.

Question 10. AlCIg forms a dimer but BC13 cannot—Explain What do you understand by 1 bond length, 2 bond dissociation enthalpy, and 3 bond angle?
Answer:

The size of Al is much larger than that of B. Hence Al can easily accommodate 4 Cl-atoms around it. In AlCl3, as there are 6 electrons around the Al-atom, it completes its octet by accepting a lone pair of electrons from the Cl-atom of an adjacent molecule. As a result, AlCl3 exists as a chlorine-bridged dimer forming Al2Cl6.

On the other hand, B is comparatively smaller in size. Though it has an incomplete octet in BCl3, it cannot accommodate the fourth chlorine atom around it, owing to the large size of the Cl-atom. Thus, BCl3 does not exist as a dimer.

Question 11. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of carbon-carbon bond strength and explain the order. CH2=CH2, CH3-CH3, HC=CH
Answer:

The increasing order of C—C bond strength is given by: C—C < C=C < C=C i.e., CH3—CH3 < CH2=CH2 < CH=CH Greater the bond multiplicity, the greater the bond dissociation enthal. In CH3—CH3, there is only an or -bond between the C-atoms whereas, CH2=CH2 and, CH=CH contain one and two n -bonds respectively, in addition to the cr -bond. So the energy required to break the carbon-carbon bonds increases in the order C—C < C—C < C=C.

Question 12. Bond angles in Pbr3(101.5°), PCl3 (100°), and PF3(97°) decrease with an increase in the electronegativities of the surrounding atoms. However, bond angles in BF2, BCl2,  and BBr3 do not change with a change in electronegativities of the surrounding atoms. Explain with reason.
Answer:

PX2 has a trigonal pyramidal geometry. With the increase in electronegativity of the surrounding halogen (X) atoms, bond pairs are oriented more towards halogen atoms, resulting in a decrease in bond pair-bond pair repulsions. Hence X—P—X bond angles decrease in the order: Pbr3(101.5°) > PCl(100°) > PF3(97°)

BX3 has a trigonal planar geometry, where 3 halogen atoms are located at 3 corners of an equilateral triangle. With the increase in the electronegativity of the halogen atom, bond pairs tend to concentrate more towards the halogen atoms resulting in a decrease in bond pair- bond pair repulsion. Since all 3 halogen atoms lie on the same plane, forming 3 equivalent B—X bonds, there is no change in the X—B —X bond angle (120°).

Chemical Bonding Class 11 Questions with Answers

Short Answer Questions on Chemical Bonding for Class 11

Question 13. The bond angle of H2O is greater than that of H2S —explain.
Answer:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 51

Both H2O and H2S have a tetrahedral geometry. Since Ip-bp repulsions are greater than bp-bp repulsions, these molecules attain a distorted tetrahedral geometry, where H —X—H (X = O or S) bond angles are less than the normal tetrahedral angle of 109°28.

Due to the higher electronegativity of the central O-atom than the S-atom, bp-bp repulsion is greater in the case of the O—H bond. Hence, the bond angle of H2O is greater than H2S.

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

 

Question 14. Arrange the following molecules/ions in order of decreasing —N —H bond angle and explain the order: NH3, NH+, NH2-
Answer: Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 54

NH3 has one lone pair and 3 bond pairs, NH2 has four bond pairs and NH2 has two lone pairs and two bond pairs.

According to VSEPR theory since the repulsions follow the order: Ip -Ip > Ip- bp > bp – bp, the bond angles (H—N—H) decrease in the order: NH+> NH3 > NH2-.

Question 15. Predict the state of hybridization of the central atom and the shape of each of the following species:
Answer:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 67

Question 16. Name the type of hybridization of the central atom that leads to each of the following geometries:
Answer:

  1. Square planar -dsp2
  2. Planar triangular -sp2
  3. Tetrahedral -sp3
  4. Linear-sp2
  5. Octahedral -sp3d2
  6. Trigonal bipyramidal-sp3d2

Question 17. Identify the state of hybridization of each carbon in:

  1. CH2=CH—CH=CH2
  2. CH2=C=CH2
  3. CH2=CH—CHO
  4. CH3—C= CH
  5. HCEEC—CHO

Answer: \(\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2=\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}=\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 ; \mathrm{C}_1, \mathrm{C}_2, \mathrm{C}_3, \mathrm{C}_4-\text { all } s p^2hybridised.\)

Question 18. What are the possible geometrical shapes of covalent molecules of the general formula, AX2 and AX3 (X = a monovalent atom) when the central atom A has No lone pair of electrons, one lone pair of electrons, and two lone pairs of electrons?
Answer: AX2 (l) shape — linear, Example BeCl2

  1. shape — angular, Example CCl2
  2. shape — V-shaped, for Example H2O
  3. AX3 shape — trigonal planar, Example BF3
  4. shape —pyramidal, Example NH3
  5. shape — T-shaped, Example ClF3

Question 19. Why are the P —Cl bonds in PCl5 not the same length?
Answer:

In PCl5, two axial P—Cl bonds and three equatorial P—Cl bonds are present. An axial bond pair is repelled by three equatorial bond pairs at 90° and one axial bond pair at 180°.

Similarly, an equatorial bond pair is repelled by two axial bond pairs at 90° and two equatorial bond pairs at 120°. Thus, an axial bond pair is repelled by three electron pairs while an equatorial bond pair is repelled by two electron pairs. Thus, the axial bond pair suffers greater repulsion & hence slightly longer than equatorial bonds

Question 20. Which of the molecules Orions are iso-structural and why? BF3, NH+, CO2-, BF4, NO2, CH3+, CCl4 All the C-0 bond lengths – are not equal— explain.
Answer:

BF3, CH+3 — trigonal planar geometry. The central atom undergoes sp2-hybridisation forming 3cr bonds with the neighbouring atoms. H4, CCl4, BF4 — tetrahedral geometry. The central atom undergoes sp3-hybridisation forming 4σ bonds with tire neighbouring atoms. NO3-, CO3+2 — trigonal planar geometry. The central atom is sp2 -hybridized forming σ bonds and pi bonds.

Question 21. Which one among the following pairs is more electronegative and why?

  1. Csp or
  2. Carbon in CHl3 orcarbon in CHCl3,
  3. Na or Cl
  4. Carbon in C2H4 or C2H2

Answer: CS is more electronegative than Csp³ because, for hybrid orbitals, electronegativity increases with an increase in the s -the character of the hybrid orbital. 1

C in CHCl3 is more electronegative than C in CH3 because the electronegativity of an atom increases with an increase in the electronegativity of the atom bonded to it.

Chlorine (Cl) is more electronegative than sodium (Na) because, as we move from left to right in a given period, atomic size decreases, and effective nuclear charge increases. Hence electronegativity increases.

In C2H4, C is sp² hybridised while in C2H2 C is sp hybridised. Since electronegativity increases with an increase in the s -s-character of the hybrid orbitals, C in C2H2 is more electronegative than C in C2H4.

Important Questions on Ionic and Covalent Bonds

Question 22. How will you distinguish between the two geometrical isomers of l, 2-dichloroethane from their boiling points?
Answer:

The 2 geometrical isomers of 1,2 dichloroethene are cis- 1,2 dichloroethene and trans-1,2 dichloroethene. cis-1,2 dichloroethene has a definite dipole moment (μ≠ 0) whereas the dipole moment of trans-1,2 dichloroethene is found to be zero (μ= 0).

The ct’s-isomer is highly polar indicating strong dipole-dipole attractive forces among the molecules. Hence a large amount of energy is required to separate the molecules from each other. Therefore boiling point of cis-1,2 dichloroethene is higher than the trans-isomer.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 87

Question 23. Explain why the following molecules are non-polar:
Answer:

1,3,5-trinitrobenzene, the three NO2 groups are bonded to 3 alternate sp2 hybridized C-atom of the benzene ring. The three C-NO2 bond moments act at an angle of 120° to each other. Therefore, the net dipole moment of the molecule is zero (p = 0) and the molecule is non-polar trans-2,3-dichlorobut-2-ene.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 88

In trans-2,3-dichlorobut-2-ene, the two C—Cl and the two C —CH3 bond moments act in H3C opposite directions to balance each other. Because of this, the molecule possesses no net dipole moment. Hence, tram-2,3 dichloro but-2- ene is non-polar

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 88.

Question 24. Predict the dipole moment of a molecule of the type, AB4 having square-planar geometry, a molecule of the type, AB2 having trigonal bipyramidal geometry, a molecule of the type, ABg having octahedral geometry, a molecule of the type, AB7 having pentagonal bipyramidal geometry.
Answer:

All the four A—B bond moments act at an angle of 90° with each other. Therefore the net dipole moment of AB4 is zero (p = 0).

Due to the symmetrical structure of the molecule, the equatorial bond moments cancel each other. Similarly, the axial bond moments cancel each other. Therefore the resultant dipole moment is zero (p = 0).

Question 25. Which one of each pair has a higher dipole moment and why?

  • CS2 and CO2;
  • NH3 and NF3;
  • CH3CH2Cl and CH2=CHCl;
  • 1,3,5- tribromobenzeneand 1,3-dibromobenzene.

Answer:

⇒ \(\text { (1) } \begin{array}{ll}\mathrm{S} \equiv \mathrm{C} \equiv \mathrm{S} & \mathrm{O}=\mathrm{C} \\\mathrm{CS}_2(\mu=0) & \mathrm{CoS}(\mu \neq 0)\end{array}\)

Question 26. NH3 molecules remain associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding but there is no such association among HCl molecules even though electronegativities of N and Cl are the same. Explain.
Answer:

  1. Although the electronegativities of nitrogen and chlorine are the same, nitrogen can form hydrogen bonds but Cl cannot.
  2. This is because the N-atom is much smaller than the CIatom.
  3. Due to the large size of the Cl-atom, the electrostatic attraction between the Cl-atom of one molecule and the Hatom of another molecule becomes weak. Hence, Cl does not form hydrogen bonds while NH3 molecules undergo association by intermolecular hydrogen bonds.

Question 27. At normal temperature, o-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a liquid but p-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a solid. Give reason.
Answer:

At normal temperature, o-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a liquid but p-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a solid.

In o-hydroxybenzaldehyde, the —OH and — CHO groups are situated at two adjacent C-atoms of the benzene ring and are involved in intramolecular hydrogen bonding. These molecules exist as discrete molecules and have a lower melting point. On the other hand, in p -hydroxybenzaldehyde, the —OH and — CHO groups are situated away from each other. Hence, intramolecular hydrogen bonding does not exist.

These molecules remain associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding and hence have a high melting point. Thus the ortho-isomer exists as a liquid while the para-isomer exists as a solid.

Question 28. Arrange the following species in order of increasing stability and give reasons: Li2, Li+2, Li-2 are as follows [li (z=3)]:
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Li}_2-\mathrm{KK}\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^2 ;  \text { B.O. }=\frac{2-0}{2}=1 \)

⇒  \(\mathrm{Li}_2^{+}-\mathrm{KK}\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^1 ; \text { B.O. }=\frac{1-0}{2}=0.5 \)

⇒  \(\mathrm{Li}_2^{-}-\mathrm{KK}\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}^{+}\right)^1 ; \text { B.O. }=\frac{2-1}{2}\)

= 0.5

The greater the bond order, the greater the bond dissociation enthalpy and hence greater the stability. Again stability decreases when excess electrons are present in a nonconjugate shell. Therefore the order of increasing stability of the given species is as follows:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Li}_2^{-}<\mathrm{Li}_2^{+}<\mathrm{Li}_2\)

Chemical Bonding Practice Questions with Solutions

Question 29. Inert gases are monoatomic. Explain in terms of MO theory.
Answer:

The molecular orbital energy level diagram for inert gases shows that the number of electrons in bonding molecular orbitals is equal to those in the antibonding molecular orbitals i.e., bond order (of inert gases) \(=\left(\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}\right)=0\) Therefore, all inert gases are monoatomic. For Example He (2); Electronic configuration of He2 is:

⇒ \(\mathrm{He}_2-\left(\sigma_{1 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 \mathrm{~s}}^*\right)^2\)

Bond Order \(=\frac{2-2}{2}=0\)

Question 30. The ionic frond between sodium and chloride ions is stronger than that between potassium and chloride ions. Explain.
Answer:

The ionic frond between sodium and chloride ions is stronger than that between potassium and chloride ions.

Since the atomic number of K (Z = 19)) Is higher Ilian that of (Z = 11), K+ ion Is larger than Na+ Ion. According to Fajan’s rule, KCl should be more Ionic than NaCl. However, due to the smaller size of, Na+ ion, the charge density in Na ion is higher than that of K+ ton.

As a consequence, the coulomblc forces of attraction between Na+ and Cl ions (the lattice energy) are more titan than between K+ and Clions. Therefore the ionic bond between Na+ and Cl ions is stronger than that between K+ and Cl ions.

Question 31. Silicon tetrachloride readily undergoes hydrolysis but carbon tetrachloride does not undergo hydrolysis under normal conditions. Explain.
Answer:

Silicon tetrachloride readily undergoes hydrolysis but carbon tetrachloride does not undergo hydrolysis under normal conditions.

Since carbon (of the second period) has no vacant d -d-orbital, its maximum covalency is 4. On the other hand, silicon (of the third period) has vacant d -d-orbitals, and its maximum covalency is 6. As the Si -atom can extend its covalency to 6, SiCl4 undergoes ready hydrolysis to yield SiO2.

A lone pair of electrons from the O- atom of H2O is donated to the empty d -orbitals of Si, forming a coordinate intermediate that has a trigonal bipyramidal structure. The intermediate [SiCl4(H2O)] loses a molecule of HCl to form SiCl3(OH). In the same way, the other 3Cl -atoms are replaced by 3-OH groups to form orthosilicic acid [Si(OH)4] which finally loses 2 molecules of water to give SiO2.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Silicon Tetrachloride Readily Undergoes Hydrolysis

C-atom having no d -d-orbitals in its valence shell cannot extend its covalency beyond 4 so it does not undergo hydrolysis under normal conditions

Question 32. The second ionization enthalpy of Mg Is sufficiently high while the second electron affinity or electron gain enthalpy of oxygen is low (actually this value is positive), yet Mg2+  and O2-  ions form the Ionic compound, MgO. Explain with reasons.
Answer:

The sufficiently high second ionization enthalpy of Mg indicates that a large amount of energy is required to remove the second electron from the Mg -atom, Le., to convert Mg to Mg2+  ion. The second electron gain enthalpy of oxygen is positive indicating that the energy should be supplied to convert the O -atom into an O2-  ion.

Since both processes are endothermic, MgO is not expected to be produced through the formation of anionic bonds. But actually, it is produced and this is because of its high lattice energy (mainly due to comparable sizes of Mg2+  and O2- ions.

Question 33. Both sodium and hydrogen are electropositive elements. Sodium reacts with chlorine to form an electrovalent compound but hydrogen reacts with chlorine to form a covalent compound —explain.
Answer:

The ionization enthalpy of smaller H -atoms is sufficiently higher than that of larger Na -atoms.

Because of lower ionization enthalpy, sodium reacts with chlorine through the formation of Na+ ion to form the electrovalent compound, NaCl.

On the other hand, because of the much higher ionization enthalpy, hydrogen does not react with chlorine through the formation of H+. Instead both H+ and Cl atoms donate one electron each to form an electron pair and produce the covalent compound, HCl by sharing the electron pair equally.

Common Questions on Lewis Structures and Bonding

Question 34. The Melting Point Of Cal2 Is Much Lower (575°C) That Of caf2 (1392°C) explained with reasons.
Answer:

According to Fajan’s rule, the tendency of a large-sized anion to be polarised is greater than that of a small-sized anion. So a compound containing a large-sized anion exhibits more covalent character than that with a small-sized anion.

Hence, Cal2 containing larger I- ion possesses a higher covalent character and melts at a relatively low temperature. On the other hand, CaF2 containing smaller F- ions possesses a much lower covalent character and melts at very high temperatures.

Question 35. The B — F bondin BF3 is shorter in length than the B — F bond in BFÿ — explain with reasons.
Answer:

The outermost shell of the central B-atom of the BF3 molecule contains the electrons. Since the B-atom has an incomplete octet, it participates in resonance with the F-atoms to complete its octet.

As a result, the B — F bonds acquire partial double bond character. On the other hand, the B -atom in the BF2 ion has a filled octet, and so it does not participate in resonance. Therefore, B — F bonds do not assume a double bond character. Hence, the B — F bonds in the BF3 molecule are shorter in length than those in the BF4 ion.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The B-f Bond

Question 64. The electronegativity of Br is less than that of F, yet BF3 is a weaker Lewis acid than BBr3
Answer:

B and F atoms are elements of the same period (second period), having comparable sizes. In BF3, the octet of B-atom is not filled up. To fulfill the octet, the B-atom participates in the resonance (n -n-backbonding) with the F- F-atoms. This resonance involving orbitals of comparable sizes (2p- 2p overlap) is very effective.

As a result, electron density on B-atom increases, and the tendency of BF3 to behave as a Lewis acid decreases. On the other hand, Bris is an element of the fourth period. In BBr3, effective n-back bonding involving orbitals of dissimilar sizes (2p- 4p overlap) does not take place. Hence, the electron density on B does not increase and therefore, BBr3 behaves as a stronger Lewis acid than BF3.

Question 36. Acetylene dissolves in acetone but not in water. explain the observation.
Answer:

Because of the considerable electronegativity of the sp -sp-hybridized C-atom of acetylene, the acetylenic hydrogen gets involved in intermolecular H-bonding with the O-atom of acetone. As a consequence, acetylene dissolves in acetone.

Since the energy of the H-bond formed is greater than the weak van der Waal’s attractive forces acting among the acetylene molecules and dipole-dipole attractive forces operating among the acetone molecules, the process of dissolution occurs easily.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The Proces Of Dissolution Occurs Easily

On the other hand, the intermolecular H-bonding between water molecules is stronger than the intermolecular H -H-H-bonding between water and acetylene molecules, if formed. So, acetylene shows no tendency to form H -bonds with water. Hence, acetylene does not dissolve in water.

Question 37. Arrange nitrogen dioxide molecule (NO2), nitronium ion (NO+2 ), and nitrite ion (NO-2) in increasing order of bond angle and explain the order.
Answer: NO2- ion:

Total number of electrons in the valence shell of the N -atom of the ion= [5 valence electrons of N -atom + 2 electrons of O -atom linked by a double bond + 1 electron of O -atom linked by a single bond] = [8 electrons or 4 electron pairs] = [2 cr -bond-pairs + 1 lone pair+ 1 n -bondpair].

Since the n-bond pair plays no role in determining the shape of the molecule, according to VSEPR theory, the three electron pairs will be oriented towards the comers of an equilateral triangle, and the shape of the ion having one lone pair is angular.

In this case, the lone pair-bond pair repulsion is greater than the die repulsion between two bond pairs of the two bonds having partial double bond character due to resonance. As a result, the O —N —O bond angle (115°) is less than the expected regular trigonal shape with a greater O—N—O bond angle (120°).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure NO2 molecule

NO2 molecule:

Total number of electrons in the valence shell of the N -atom of the molecule = [5 valence electron of N-atom + 2 electrons of O-atom linked by a double bond + zero electrons of the O-atom linked by an o-ordinate covalent bond] = 7 electrons =[3 electron pairs + 1 odd electron] = [l(r-bond pair + 1 coordinate cr-bond pair + In’ -bond pair + 1 odd electron].

According to VSEPR theory, two bond pairs and the odd electron are arranged trigonally in a plane.

So, the shape of the NO2 molecule having an odd electron is angular. In this case, the repulsive force between the bond pairs of two bonds having partial double bond character is greater than the repulsive force acting between the bond pairs and the odd electron. As a result, the value of the O—N—0 bond angle (135°) is greater than that of the regular planar trigonal shape (120°).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure NO+2 ions

NO2 ion:

Total number of electrons in the valence shell of the N -atom of the ion = 5 electrons of N -atom +4 electrons of two O -atoms linked by two double bonds -1 electron for the positive charge = 8 electrons = 4 electron pairs = 2 cr -bond pairs + 2a- -bond pairs.

The two n-bond pairs have no contribution toward the shape of the ion. According to VSEPER theory, the two bond pairs are oriented in opposite directions. Hence, the shape of the NO2 ion is linear and the value of the O —N —O bond angle is 180°. Therefore, the increasing order of the O —N —0 bond angle of the given species is: NO-2 < NO2 < NO+2.

Word Problems Related to Chemical Bonds and Their Strength

Question 38. H2O is liquid while H2S is gas, though oxygen and sulfur, both belong to the same group of the periodic table
Answer:

  1. The oxygen atom is smaller and more electronegative than sulfur. Hence, in the H2O molecule, the O atom forms strong intermolecular H-bonds. However, in H2S molecules, S-atom, owing to its larger size and lesser electronegativity than Oatom, cannot form H-bonds.
  2. Strong intermolecular H-bonds bind H2O molecules in an associated state, while molecules of H2S are held by weak van der Waals forces. Therefore H2O is a liquid while H2S is a gas at room temperature.

Question 39. Hydrogen bonding between an F atom is stronger than that between H and O atoms. However, H2O is more viscous and its bp is greater than that of HF. Explain.
Answer:

Hydrogen bonding between H F is much stronger than that between H→O because F is more electronegative than O. However boiling point of H2O is much higher than that of HF because a single molecule of water can form four Hbonds with four other HaO molecules, while one H —F molecule can form only two H-bonds with HF molecule.

Because of this, H2O is more viscous than HF and its boiling point is higher.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Beacause Of This H2O is More Viscus Than HF And Its Boliing Point Is higher

Question 40. Why viscosity and boiling point of concentrated H2SO4 very high?
Answer:

The structure of sulphuric acid is as follows:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The structure of sulphuric acid

Each molecule of H2SO4 contains two OH groups and two doubly bonded oxygen atoms. Thus, each molecule of H2SO4 forms four H-bonds with other molecules. This causes extensive association among the H2SO4 molecules, increasing to boiling point.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The H2SO4 Molecules, Resulting in increase

The extensive intermolecular H-bonding enhances the intermolecular attraction among the different layers of the liquid, leading to an increase in viscosity.

Question 41. In the SF4 molecule, the lone pair of electrons occupies an equatorial position rather than an axial position, in the overall trigonal bipyramidal arrangement. Why?
Answer:

Depending on the position occupied by the lone pair, two structures of SF4 are possible

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure In SF4 Molecule The Lone Pair Of Electrons

In (1), there are three lone-pair-bond pair repulsions at 90°, whereas in (2) there are only two lone-pair-bond pair repulsions at 90°. lienee (2) Is more stable than (1), lienee the lone pair occupies the equatorial position in the SF4 molecule.

Question 42. Explains the shape of the Ion.
Answer:

Shape of the Ion

The outer shell electronic configuration (In the ground state) of the central atom Is \(5 s^2 5 p_x^2 5 p_y^2 5 p_z^1 5 d^0\). It undergoes sp³d -hybridization. Out of the five sp³d hybrid orbitals, one is half-filled, one is empty and the remaining three arcs are filled.

The half-filled orbital forms a covalent bond with the iodine atom. The vacant orbital accepts an electron pair for the I- ion to form a coordinate bond. The remaining three fully-filled orbitals occupy equatorial positions. Thus, the geometry of three lone pairs and two bond pairs is trigonal bipyramidal and the shape of the I3 ion is linear.

Question 43. Indicate the type of bonds present in NH4NO3 and state the mode of hybridization of two N-atoms.
Answer:

NH4NO3 is an ionic compound in which the NH4+ ion is the cationic and NO3 is the anionic species. NH+ ion is formed by the combination of NH3 molecule and H+ ions through the dative bond.

N in NH3 ion is sp³ hybridized and has a tetrahedral geometry, while in NO3 ion, N is sp² hybridized and has a planar geometry. Thus three types of bonds, viz., ionic, covalent, and coordinate bonds are present in NH4NO3.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Indicate The Type Of Bonds Present In NH4NO3

Question 44. ClF3 exists, but FCI2 does not.
Answer:

The cl atom has empty d-orbitals. During horn) formation, the electrons from 3p -orbitals are promoted to 3d -orbitals

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure CIF3 Exists But FCL3 Does Not

In the first excited state, Cl-atom can exhibit a covalency of three. Hence CH3 is possible. F-atom cannot expand Its octet due to the absence of empty cl -orbitals in the 2nd energy level. Hence cannot exhibit covalency more than. Therefore FCl3 is not possible.

Question 45. The dipole moment of CH3Cl (p = 1.87D) is greater than that of CH3F (μ = 1.81D) even though the C — F bond is more polar than the C — Cl bond. Explain with reasons
Answer:

The dipole moment of a molecule, n = ex cl, where e = partial positive or negative charge developed on the bonded atoms and d = distance between the two charge centers. Because of the greater electronegativity of F compared to that of Cl, the charge developed in CH3F is higher than that in CH3Cl.

However, because of the larger size of the Cl -atom, the C—Cl bond length is greater than the C —F bond length, and consequently, the value of d in the case of CH3Cl is higher than that in the case of CH3F.In practice is found that the value of (ex d) for CH3F is lower than that for the CH3Cl molecule. Hence, CH3Cl has a greater dipole moment (p) than that of CH3F.

Question 46. Show by calculation that (lie dipole moment of methane of zero.
Answer:

Methane molecule is tetrahedral.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3}=3 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \cos \left(180^{\circ}-109^{\circ} 28^{\prime}\right) \\
& =3 \mu_{C-H^{\prime}} \cos \left(70^{\circ} 32^{\prime}\right) \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{3 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}}}{3}=\mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \\
\mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3} & =\mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}}=\mu_1 \text { (say) and } \theta=180^{\circ}
\end{aligned}\)

The resultant dipole moment

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\mu^2 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}+\mu^2 \mathrm{CH}_3+2 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \cdot \mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3} \cos 180^{\circ}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\mu^2 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}+\mu^2 \mathrm{CH}_3+2 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \cdot \mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3} \cos 180^{\circ}}\)

Alternative method:

For convenience, the four H-atoms of methane are designated as H1, H2, H3, And H4. The resultant moments of H1—C and H2—C bonds will be along the bisector of the H1—C—H2 angle, towards the carbon atom.

Similarly, the resultant of H3 —C and H4—C bond moments are along the bisector of the H3—C—H4 angle, towards the C-atom. These two resultants are equal in magnitude and opposite in direction. Hence, the molecule of methane has no resultant dipole moment.

Question 47. The boiling point of hydrogen fluoride is maximum among aU the halogen acids—explain.
Answer:

The boiling point of hydrogen fluoride is maximum among aU the halogen acids

Fluorine is the smallest and the most electronegative element Hence F atom in the HF molecule forms strong intermolecular hydrogen bonds. On the other hand, since Cl, Br, and atoms are larger and less electronegative than F, their molecules are held by weak van der Waals forces.

As the hydrogen bond is stronger than the van der Waals forces, more energy is required to break the intermolecular hydrogen bonds of the associated HF molecules. Therefore the boiling point of HF is much higher than those of the other halogen acids. The boiling point of halogen acids follows the order: HF >HI > HBr > HCl

Question 48. Both CO2 and N2O are linear. However, N2O is polar while CO2 is non-polar—explain.
Answer:

The structures of CO2 and N2O are:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Both CO2 And N2O

The CO2 molecule is linear with a C atom at the center. The CO2 molecule contains 2 polar C—O bonds, as oxygen is more electronegative than carbon. in CO2 molecule, the two bond dipoles (Cδ+—Oδ-) =pl, actin opposite directions and cancel each other. As a result, the resultant dipole moment becomes zero. Thus CO2 molecule is non-polar.

On the other hand, the N2O molecule, though linear, contains a polar coordinate bond (N→O) at one end and a lone pair of electrons on the N-atom at the other end. Moment due to N— o bond and that due to lone pair acting in opposition but they do not cancel each other as they are not equal in magnitude. Hence N2O has a resultant dipole moment although it has a low value. Therefore N2O is a polar molecule.

Question 49. Although H2, Li2, and B2 molecules have the same bond order 1), they are not equally stable. Explain this observation and arrange them in order of decreasing stability.
Answer:

This observation can be explained as follows. The Li atom is much larger than the H atom. Hence, the Li—Li bond is much longer than the H —H bond (Li —Li bond length = 265 pm, H—H bond length = 74 pm).

Moreover, the Li2 molecule has two electrons in the antibonding σ*1s orbital while H2 has no electron in the antibonding orbitaL For these reasons, Li2 is less stable than H2 (bond energy of Li2 = H2O kJ. mol-1 while that of H2 = 438kJ. mol-1).

B atom is smaller in size than the Li-atom but larger than the H-atom. Hence the bond length of B2 is in-between (159 pm). Moreover, the B2 molecule has two electrons more in the bonding molecular orbitals [n(2px) and (2py)]. Therefore, B2 is more stable than Li2 but less stable than H2 (bond energy of B2 = 290kJ · mol-1). Hence, the order of decreasing stability of these three molecules is H2 > B2 > Li2.

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Draw Lewis dot structures of H3PO4 and CO2-3.
Answer:

Lewis dot structures of H3PO4 and CO2-3

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 24

Question 2. Calculate the formal charge on N-atom in the HNO3 molecule
Answer: Formal charge on N-atom in HNO3

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 25

No. of valence electrons of Natom] – [No. of unshared electrons \(-\frac{1}{2} x\) [No. of shared electrons] \(=5-0-\frac{1}{2} \times 8=5-4=+1\)

Question 3. In water, the first and second 0 —H bond dissociation enthalpies are SO2 and 427kJ mol-1 respectively. Determine the value of bond enthalpy of the O—H bond.
Answer:

Given

In water, the first and second 0 —H bond dissociation enthalpies are SO2 and 427kJ mol-1, respectively.

The bond enthalpy of water is given by the average of the bond dissociation enthalpies of the two Q—H bonds.

Bond enthalpy \(=\frac{502+427}{2}=464.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 4. Arrange the given compounds in order of their Increasing bond length: HCl, HI, HBr, HF. Explain the order.
Answer:

For halogen acids, the bond length increases with an increase in the size of the halogen atom. Since the size of the halogen atoms increases in the order F < Cl < Br <I, the bond length increases in the order HF < HCl < HBr < HI.

Question 5. Why does the value of the bond angle increase with the increased electronegativity of the central atom in the ABV type of molecule?
Answer:

As the electronegativity of the central atom of a molecule of ABx type increases, the electron pair responsible for covalent bond formation will be attracted towards the central atom. Consequently, bp-bp repulsion increases, leading to an increase in bond angle.

Question 6. Explain why the formation of an n-bond is not possible between a π and a pz-orbital.
Answer:

px and py orbitals are mutually perpendicular, n -bonds are formed by the lateral overlap of two parallel p -p-p-p-orbitals. Since lateral overlap is not possible between two mutually perpendicular orbitals, an -n-bond is not possible between a π and a pz orbital.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 62

Question 7. A homonuclear diatomic molecule contains 8 electrons. Predict whether the molecule will exist or not.

⇒ \(\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}^*\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}^*\right)^2\)

Nb = 4, Na = 4

Bond order \(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{4-4}{2}=0\)

Hence, the molecule does not exist.

Question 8. If the electronic configuration of A atoms 1 s², comment on the stability of the A2 molecule and A2+ ion.
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{A}_2:\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}^*\right)^2 \quad \mathrm{~A}_2^{+}:\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}^*\right)^1\)

The higher the bond order, the higher the bond dissociation enthalpy and the greater the stability. Hence stability of A2+ > A2. Thus, A2 will have no existence.

Question 9. Arrange methanol, water, and dimethyl ether in order of increasing boiling points and explain the order.
Answer:

The more molecules of the compound remain associated, the greater will be the boiling point of the compound. Water molecules having two —OH groups remain more associated by intermolecular H-bonding than methanol (CH3OH) molecules having only one —OH group.

Dimethyl ether (CH3OCH3), having no —OH group, does not remain associated through H-bonding. Therefore, the boiling points of these liquids follow the order: dimethyl ether < methanol < water.

Question 10. Explain why diamond melts at a very high temperature, even though it is composed of covalently linked carbon atoms.
Answer:

In the crystal diamond, each sp3 -sp3-hybridized C-atom is bonded to four others by single covalent bonds (bond length 1.54), and a large number of tetrahedral units are linked together to form a three-dimensional giant molecule. Strong covalent bonds extend in all directions. Due to this compact structure involving strong bonds, diamond is very hard and has a very high melting point.

Question 11. Which out of 1-butyne and 1-butene has a larger dipole moment and why?
Answer:

The structures of 1-butyne and 1-butene are as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{C} \equiv \mathrm{CH} & \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}_2 \\
\text { 1-butyne } & \text { 1-butene }
\end{array}\)

As the sp-hybridized terminal C-atom in 1-butyne is more electronegative than the sp² hybridized C-atom in 1-butene, the latter has a larger dipole moment than the former.

Question 12. BaSG4 is insoluble in water, even though it is an ionic compound. Why?
Answer:

BaSG4 is insoluble in water, even though it is an ionic compound.

The lattice energy (i.e., the energy required to break its crystal lattice, by separating Ba2+  and SO2- ions) of BaSO4 is greater than its solvation energy (i.e., the energy released due to solvation of Ba2+ and SO2- ions by water molecules). Hence, BaSO4 is insoluble in water.

Question 13. Explain why all three nitrogen-oxygen bonds in the NO3 ion are equal in length.
Answer:

The nitrate ion (NO-3) can be represented as a resonance hybrid of the following three equivalent resonance structures or canonical forms: Since the hybrid structure is an average structure, so all N—O bond lengths are equal as shown above.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The three Nitrogen Oxygen Bond In NO-3 ion are equal in length

Question 76. Give the structure of (CH3)3 N and [(CH3)3 Si]3N. Are they isostructural?
Answer:

The structure of (CH3)3 N and [(CH3)3 Si]3N

(CH3)3N is trimethylamine. It has a pyramidal structure, while [(CH3)3Si]3N is planar.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The Stucture Of CH3

Visual Aids for Understanding Chemical Bonding Concepts

Thus, the two species are not isostructural. In (CH3)3N, N-atom is sp³ hybridised while in [(CH3)3Si]3N, the N-atom is sp² hybridised.

Question 14. Covalent bonds have definite orientations, but electrovalent bonds have no definite orientations — explain
Answer:

Covalent bonds have definite orientations, but electrovalent bonds have no definite orientations

Covalent bonds are formed by the overlap of atomic orbitals having definite orientations. Consequently, covalent bonds have specific orientations. On the other hand, electrovalent bonds have no definite orientations because oppositely charged Ions attract each other from all possible directions by electrostatic forces.

Question 15. Explain why the dipole moment of CD3F (1.858D) is higher than thatofCH3F (1.847D)
Answer:

D is more electron-releasing than H. The Difference in electronegativity between C and F in CD3F is much higher than that between C and F in CH3F. Hence, CD3F is more polar than CH3F. Therefore, the dipole moment of CD3F is higher than that of CH3F.

Question 16. Arrange ethane, ethylene, and acetylene in order of their decreasing C—H bond length. Explain the order.
Answer: The 1 s -orbital of hydrogen overlaps with the sp3, sp2, and sp -hybrid orbitals of carbon in ethane, ethylene, and acetylene respectively to form C —H cr -bonds.

Since the size of these hybrid orbitals decreases in the order: sp3 > sp2 > sp the C—H bond length decreases in the order: C—H(C2H6) > C—H(C2H4) > C—H(C, H2)

Question 17. Which symmetry element presents an -bond? What is meant by the hybridization of atomic orbitals?
Answer: A pi-bond possesses a plane of symmetry, which is also known as a nodal plane.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 63

Question 18. What will be the spatial distribution of sp³, sp², and sp hybrid orbitals?
Answer: 

  1. sp3 — In this case, each of the hybrid orbitals is directed toward the four corners of the tetrahedron.
  2. sp2— In this case, each of the hybrid orbitals is. directed towards the three corners of a triangle.
  3. sp—In this case, the two hybrid orbitals are linearly arranged.

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What will be the nature of the compound formed between the metallic elements of groups 1 and 2 and non-metals of groups 6 or 7 of the periodic table?
Answer: Ionic compound;

Question 2. In terms of ionization and electron gain enthalpy, which type of atoms combine to form an ionic compound?
Answer: A metal atom with low ionization enthalpy and a non-metal atom with high electron-gain enthalpy;

Question 3. Write the Lewis symbols of magnesium and aluminium.
Answer: Mg, Al2;

Question 4. Write the structure of an anion which is isostructural with BF3 and a cation which is isostructural with CH4
Answer: NO3 (triangular planar), NH+ (tetrahedral)

Question 5. Give an example of a compound in which electrovalent, covalent, and coordinate covalent bonds are present.
Answer: NH4Cl

Question 6. Which one of CHCI3 and CCl4 is regular tetrahedral?
Answer: CCl4

Question 7. How many cr and n -bonds are present in CH2=CH—CH=CH2?
Answer: No. of bonds = 9 and no. of n -bonds = 2

Question 8. What is the hybrid state of the central atom in each of the following? BF-, NO2, PF5, CO-2
Answer: sp3, sp2 sp3d and sp respectively;

Question 9. Predict the shapes using VSEPR theory: IF?, C1F3, SF6, BeCl2.
Answer: IF2 Pentagonal bipyramidal; ClF3 –  T-shaped; SF6 – Octahedral; BeCl2 – linear

Question 10. How many resonance structures can be written for SO4-?
Answer: 6

Question 11. Arrange the halogen hydrides in order of their decreasing boiling points.
Answer: HF > HCl > HBr > HI;

Question 12. Find out the non-polar molecules among CH3Cl, SF6, SO2, C2H64 and HO—<g>—OH.
Answer: SF6

Question 13. Which one is less viscous, between HF and H2O?
Answer: HF; (Each HF molecule is involved in forming two H-bonds, whereas each H2O molecule is involved in forming four H-bonds.)

Question 14. Which one out of O2 and O2 exhibits the highest paramagnetism?
Answer: O2 (it has two unpaired electrons);

Question 15. How will you distinguish B2 from the following species having the same bond order: Li2, O2-, and F2?
Answer: B2 is paramagnetic, but Li2 O2- and F2 are diamagnetic;

Question 16. Is there any change in bond order if an electron is added to the bonding molecular orbital?
Answer: The Bond order will increase.

Question 17. The bond order of He+ ion is—\(-\frac{1}{2}, 1, \frac{3}{2}, \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: \(-\frac{1}{2}, 1, \frac{3}{2}, \mathrm{O}\)

Question 18. Give examples of two compounds in which there exists electrovalency, covalency, and coordinate covalency.
Answer: Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) Sodium fluoborate (NaBF4)

Question 19.  Is hybridization possible in an isolated atom?
Answer: Hybridization is not possible for isolated atoms. It occurs only when the atom takes part in bond formation.

Question 20. Which is the most electronegative element according to Pauling’s scale of electronegativity?
Answer:

According to Pauling’s scale of electronegativity, fluorine is the most electronegative element with an electronegativity = 4

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. A _____________covalent bond is formed between two atoms having different electronegativities.
Answer: Polar

Question 2. Pi bonds are_____________than sigma bonds.
Answer: Weaker

Question 3. In different resonating structures, the arrangement remains the same.
Answer: Atomic

Question 4. When______________atomic_ whereas orbitals when overlapping head-on, overlap laterally, bond formed bond is formed is.
Answer: sigma bond; pi bond

Question 5. AlCl3 is_____________compound, while PCl5 is compound in terms of the octet rule.
Answer: electron-deficient, hypervalent

Question 6. The C.G.S unit of dipole moment is_____________whereas its SI unit is
Answer: Deb ye, Coulomb-metre (G-m)

Question 7. In general, the larger is the bond length, _____________ bond energy.
Answer: Smaller

Question 8. The energy of the bond is
Answer: 12.5 to 41.5 kJ mol-1

Question 9. The hybrid state of S in the SO3 molecule is
Answer: sp2

Question 10. The shape of the molecule contains 3 bond pairs and one lone pair around the central atom is
Answer: trigonal pyramids

Question 11. The bond order of CO molecule is ________whereas that of CO+ ion is
Answer: 3,3.5

Question 12. In ice, each O atom is surrounded by out of which _____________H-atoms are bonded by covalent bonds, while bonds the rest.
Answer: four, two, H-bonds

Question 13. The shape of sulphur hexafluoride molecule is whereas that of sulphur tetrafluoride is _________.
Answer: Regular octahedral, distorted tetrahedral

Question 14. There are_____________π bonds in a nitrogen molecule.
Answer: Two

Question 15. The strongest hydrogen bond is formed between ____________and a hydrogen atom.
Answer: Fluorine

Question 16. A hydrogen bond is then a covalent bond.
Answer: Weaker

Question 17. The dipole moment of methyl alcohol is._____________ that of CH3SH.
Answer: Higher

Question 18. d2sp3 hybridisation represents
Answer: Octahedral

Question 19. Among the three isomers of nitrophenol, the one that is the least soluble in water Is
Answer: Ortho-isomer

Question 20. Among N2O, SO2, 1+ and l2 , the linear species are and
Answer: N2O and I3-.

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Warm-Up Exercise Question And Answers

Question 1. The elements belonging to which group(s) of the periodic table combine to form electrovalent compounds, and why?
Answer: Elements of groups 1 and 2 form electrovalent compounds because they are highly electropositive.

Question 2. Which elements exhibit variable valence and why?
Answer: Transition elements. This is because the outermost electron of the ns -ns-ns-ns-ns-subshell and the penultimate (n-1)d subshell are involved in bonding.

Question 3. Why do the ionic compounds not exhibit isomerism?
Answer: Electrostatic force in an ionic compound is distributed uniformly in all directions. Thus, each compound holds a definite number of oppositely charged ions. Hence, there are no discrete molecules in ionic compounds. Since ionic bonds are non-directional, ionic compounds do not exhibit isomerism.

Question 4. Why are the n -bonds weaker and more reactive than the cr -bonds?
Answer: The extent of axial overlapping is greater than compared of sideways overlapping. Hence n, bonds are weaker and more reactive than cr -bonds.

Question 5. Which type of ionic compounds exhibit isomorphism?
Answer: Isoelectronic ionic compounds

Question 6. What is the solvation energy solvation enthalpy?
Answer:

Solvation energy solvation enthalpy

The process of orientation of polar solvent molecules around the ions of the polar solute molecules is called solvation and the energy released in this process is called solvation energy.

Question 7. What is the condition for dissolution of an ionic compound in a particular solvent?
Answer: An ionic compound is soluble (dissolves) in a particular solvent only if the solvation energy exceeds the lattice energy of the crystal (ionic compound).

Question 8. The ionic compounds are soluble in polar solvents but insoluble in non-polar solvents—why?
Answer: In the case of polar solvents, the solvation energy of ionic compounds is greater than lattice enthalpy. So, ionic compounds are soluble in polar solvents, but they are insoluble in non-polar solvents because solvation by nonpolar solvents is not possible for ionic compounds.

Question 9. Why do ionic compounds conduct electricity only in a solution or molten state and not in a solid state?
Answer: Ionic compounds are good conductors of electricity in solution or in the molten state as in these states, their ions are free to move. As the ions are charged, they are attracted towards electrodes and thus act as carriers of electric current.

Question 10. What are valence electrons? 
Answer:

Valence electrons

The electrons in the ultimate (or outermost) and in some cases, the penultimate shell of an atom that is responsible for chemical bonding are known as valence electrons

Question 11. Give the Lewis symbols of—(1) Br (2) N (3) O2- (4) S2- (5) N3-
Answer:

 Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 2

Question 12. Hydrogen bonds are usually longer than covalent bonds. Give an example where covalent and hydrogen bonds are equal in length. Explain.
Answer: In fluoride ion (HF2), the covalent bond and the hydrogen bond are equal in length and this is because the structure of this ion is a resonance hybrid of structures 1 and 2.

Question 13. Compare the stabilities of O2 and N2+ ions and comment on their magnetic nature.
Answer: Bond orders of N2 and O2 are 2.5 and 1.5 respectively. Hence, the N2+ ion is more stable. Both the ions contain unpaired electrons and hence are paramagnetic.

Question 14. Why does PClg form PCl3 and Cl2, on strong heating?
Answer:

PCl5 has 2 axial and 3 equatorial bonds. When PCl5 is heated, the weaker axial bonds break, forming PCl3

⇒ \(\mathrm{PCl}_5 \xrightarrow{\text { Heat }} \mathrm{PCl}_3+\mathrm{Cl}_2\)

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Thermodynamics Notes

Chemical Thermodynamics Introduction

Energy is the ability of a physical system to do work. It always remains conserved in any event, i.e., it cannot be created or destroyed. However, it can take different forms such as mechanical energy, chemical energy, electrical energy, heat energy, light energy, sound energy, etc. Energy can be converted from one form to another.

Thermodynamics is the study to find out the conditions of interconversion of different forms of energy as well as to predict the extent of their conversions.

The branch of science which deals with the interconvertibility of different forms of energy (mainly heat and work) is called thermodynamics. The Greek words ‘thermo’ means heat and ‘dynamics’ means power.

Thermodynamics is based on four fundamental rules or laws namely zeroth law, first law, second law, and third law of thermodynamics. These laws are based on natural experience gathered over centuries. As the laws of thermodynamics are derived from the direct human experience, it is sometimes called axiomatic science.

Chemical Thermodynamics

Energy which we generally use in our daily lives is mostly obtained from chemical reactions. Thus the study of energy changes in chemical reactions is considered to be an important topic in chemistry.

The branch of thermodynamics that deals with energy evolved or absorbed during physical or chemical transformation is called chemical thermodynamics or chemical energetics.

Importance Of Thermodynamics

Some important applications of thermodynamics are:

  1. In thermodynamics, we study the inter-relationships among various macroscopic variables like pressure, temperature, volume, etc., and the changes in these variables as a result of various processes.
  2. Energy changes associated with physical or chemical transformations can be explained using thermodynamics.
  3. Under a given set of conditions, the feasibility of a physical or chemical transformation can be predicted from thermodynamics.
  4. Thermodynamics can predict the extent to which a physical or chemical transformation occurs before it reaches an equilibrium state.
  5. The relative amount of the reactants and products at the equilibrium of a reaction as well as the value of the equilibrium constant of the reaction can be determined by thermodynamics.
  6. Under a given set of working conditions, the maximum efficiency of a heat engine can be determined by thermodynamics.
  7. The ideal condition(s) for the transformation of different types ofenergy can be determined by thermodynamics.

Limitations of thermodynamics

  1. Classical thermodynamics applies only to the macroscopic system (For example in the case ofa few grams of ice) and not to the microscopic system (For example in the case of a few molecules or atoms). So it cannot give us any idea regarding the structure of matter.
  2. Thermodynamics does not give us any information about the rate or velocity ofa process (such as chemical reaction, osmosis, etc.). Also, it cannot give us any idea about the mechanism or path ofa chemical reaction.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Thermodynamics Notes

Terms And Concepts Related To Thermodynamics

Some terms are frequently used in thermodynamics. One should have a good knowledge of these terms before going through the subject of thermodynamics. Here are these terms and their brief explanations.

System, Surroundings, and Boundary

System: In thermodynamics, a system is defined as the part of the universe under study, which is separated from the rest of the universe by real or imaginary boundaries- System

System, Surroundings, and Boundary Explanation: If we study something 2 about the human body, then the M human body is considered to be the system. Similarly, if we perform an experiment living cell or one mole of water, then the living cell or one mole of water will be the system.

Chemical Thermodynamics System Surroundings And Boundary

Surroundings: Everything outside the system In the universe Is called the surroundings. Once the system Is defined, the surroundings will be defined automatically.

System + Surroundings=Universe

Boundary: Heal or Imaginary surface that separates a system from its surroundings is called the boundary of the system.

Explanation: If a certain amount of water taken In a beaker is considered to be the material of our experiment, then water will be our system. The rest of the universe including the beaker will be the surroundings of the lire system.

The interface between water and glass and that between water and air are the boundaries between the system and its surroundings.

If a gas enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a piston is considered to be the object of our analysis, then the gas will be our system, and the rest of the universe including the cylinder and the piston will constitute the surroundings of the system.

1 lore, the inner surfaces of the walls of the die cylinder, and the piston are the boundaries between the system and its surroundings.

Chemical Thermodynamics Role Of Boundary

Role of boundary: The boundary of a system plays an important role when there occurs an interaction between the system and its surroundings. During the interaction, a system exchanges energy or matter or both matter and energy with Its surroundings through its boundary.

Characteristics of the boundary of a system:

  1. The boundary of the n system may be real or imaginary.
  2. It may be rigid or non-rigid, in the case of a rigid boundary, the volume of the system does not change, while In the case of a non-rigid boundary, the volume of the system can change.
  3. Tim boundary of a system may be permeable or Impermeable. In the case of a permeable boundary, the exchange of matter takes place between the system and its surroundings through the boundary, whereas in the case of an impermeable Imundury, no exchange of matter can take place through the boundary.
  4. Exchange of beat may take place between a system and US surroundings through the boundary. A boundary that permits the cycling of heat between a system and Its surroundings Is called an antennal or diathermic boundary. On the other hand, a boundary that does not permit the exchange of heat between the system and its surroundings is called an adiabatic boundary.
  5. In reality, a perfect adiabatic boundary is not possible. The wall of a Dewar flask nearly behaves as an adiabatic boundary. According to the definition, the surroundings mean everything outside the system.
  6. But in thermodynamics, the surroundings are considered as the portions of the universe around the system, upto which a change occurring in the system has its influence, For Example, the burning of a candle produces light and heat.
  7. When we consider the effect of light, the tire space enclosing the candle, which is illuminated by Uie light, will be the surroundings. On the other hand, if we consider the effect of heat (produced), a narrow space affected by the produced heat, will be the surroundings

Types of system

Depending on the nature of its boundary, a system may or may not exchange matter energy, or both with its surroundings. Based on the exchange of matter and energy with the surroundings, systems may be classified as open systems, closed systems, and isolated systems.

Open system: A system that can exchange both energy and matter with its surroundings is called an open system.

Chemical Thermodynamics Open System

Examples: Every living being in nature: Every living being (system) takes food (matter) and excretes waste materials (matter) to the surroundings. They (systems) also exchange heat (energy) with the surroundings.

Some water (or any other liquid) in an open container: In an open atmosphere, water (system) continuously evaporates and water vapor (matter) escapes from the container to the air (surroundings). Also, O2 or CO2 (matter) from the air may dissolve into water (system).

So, the exchange of matter takes place between the system and its surroundings. If the temperature of water (system) is different from that of its surroundings, then there occurs an exchange of heat (energy) between water and its surroundings.

The ocean: The Ocean Is a perfect example of an open system. Water (matter) evaporates from the ocean to the atmosphere and then again is added to it in time of rain. The ocean also absorbs heat (solar energy) and releases its energy in the form of latent heat.

Closed system: A system that can exchange energy with its surroundings but not the matter is called a closed system.

Chemical Thermodynamic Closed System

Examples: Boiling of water in a closed glass/metallic container: During boiling, water vapor (matter) cannot escape to the surroundings from the container, also any matter from the surroundings cannot enter into the system.

So, the exchange of matter is not possible between the system and its surroundings. But if the temperature of the water (system) is different from the surroundings, then heat (energy) will be exchanged between the system and its surroundings through the boundary wall of the container. So, the exchange of energy is possible between the system and its surroundings.

Class 11 Physics Class 12 Maths Class 11 Chemistry
NEET Foundation Class 12 Physics NEET Physics

A gas enclosed in an impermeable metallic cylinder fitted with a piston: Since the cylinder and piston are impermeable, matter will not be exchanged between the system and its surroundings.

But heat (energy) will be exchanged between the system and its surroundings through the wall and piston of the cylinder. If a pressure greater than the pressure of the system is applied on the piston, work is done on the system. As a result, energy in the form of work is transferred to the system from its surroundings.

On the other hand, if the pressure on the piston is kept lower than that of the system, the system does the work on its surroundings, and energy in the form of work is transferred from the system to its surroundings.

Isolated system: A system that can exchange neither energy nor matter with its surroundings is called an isolated system.

Chemical Thermodynamics Gas System

Chemical Thermodynamics Isolated System

An isolated system does not interact with its surroundings as its boundary is impervious to all matter and does not permit energy to pass through it As a result, any change occurring in an isolated system does not influence the surroundings, and vice-versa

Examples: Hot tea kept in a sealed & thermally insulated flask (Dewar flask): Since the flask is closed, matter cannot be transferred from the system (hot tea) to its surroundings, and vice-versa. As the walls ofthe flask are thermally insulated, the system cannot exchange energy with its surroundings.

Water taken in a closed container having rigid, impermeable, and thermally insulated walls: Since the container is closed and its walls are impermeable, no matter can exchange between the system (water) and its surroundings.

Furthermore, the container is insulated. So, no heat can flow into or out of the system. As the walls are rigid, there will be no change in the volume of the system. So, no energy in the form of work can be exchanged between the system and its surroundings. A perfectly isolated system is a hypothetical concept because no wall is perfectly adiabatic.

Based on physical properties and chemical composition, a system may further be classified as—

Homogeneous system: If the physical properties and chemical compositions are uniform throughout a system, then it is called a homogeneous system. For example, pure solid, liquid or gaseous substance, gas mixture, 2 completely miscible liquids like water, alcohol, etc.

Heterogeneous system: If the physical properties and the chemical compositions are different in different parts of a system, then it is called a heterogeneous system. For example, the mixture of two immiscible liquids (water and benzene), a mixture of two solids (sugar and NaCl) etc.

Extensive and intensive properties of a system

A system consisting of a large number of atoms, ions, or molecules is called a macroscopic system. For example, a certain amount of water, a certain volume of solution, a certain mass of sodium chloride, etc., are macroscopic systems. The properties associated with a macroscopic system are called macroscopic properties. For example, temperature, pressure, concentration, mass, density, composition, etc., are the properties ofa macroscopic system.

The macroscopic properties of a system can be classified into two categories:

  1. Extensive properties
  2. Intensive properties.

Extensive property: Tile property which depends upon the mass (or size) of the system i.e., the quantity of matter present in the system is called an extensive property. Extensive properties are additive, i.e., the total value of an extensive property of a system is equal to the sum of the extensive properties of different parts ofthe system.

Examples: Mass, volume, internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, heat capacity, Gibbs free energy, etc., are the extensive properties of a system.

The volume of a system: If V is the volume of lg substance (system) at a particular temperature and pressure, then the volume of 5 g of the same substance will be 5 x V. So the volume of a system is an extensive property.

Number of moles ofa system: If the number of moles of1 g of a substance (system) is ‘ri then the number of moles for 2 g of that substance will be ‘ 2n! So, several moles of a system is an extensive property.

The internal energy of a system: When water transforms to ice, its internal energy in the form of heat is liberated. Under an identical set of conditions, the heat liberated in the transformation of 5 g of water to 5 g of ice is found to be five times as much as that liberated when 1 g of water transforms into 1 g of ice. This means that a 5 g sample of water contains five times as much internal energy as a 1 g sample of water does. Thus, the internal energy ofa system is an extensive property.

Intensive property: The property that does not depend upon the mass (or size) of the system i.e., the amount of matter present in the system, is called an intensive property. Intensive property has the same magnitude at every point in a homogeneous system under equilibrium.

Examples: Temperature, pressure, density, viscosity, molar heat capacity, refractive index, boiling point, freezing point, surface tension, Viscosity coefficient, molar volume, molar internal energy, molar enthalpy, molar entropy, molar free energy, mole fraction, color, concentration, thermal conductivity, specific rotation, standard reduction potential, etc.

The boiling point of a liquid: If we take different amounts of pure water in two different containers and determine their boiling points at a given pressure, we get the same boiling point for both although the amount of water is different. Thus, the boiling point ofa liquid does not depend upon the amount of the liquid, implying that it is an intensive property.

The density of a substance: At a given temperature, the density of 1 kg of a pure sample of copper is the same as the density of lg of the same sample. Thus, the density of a substance does not depend upon the amount of substance, indicating that it is an Intensive property.

The concentration of a homogeneous solution: If the concentration of a homogeneous solution is 1 g.L-1 at a particular temperature, then the concentration ofa drop of that solution will also be 1 g.L-1 at that temperature. Thus the concentration of a homogeneous solution does not depend upon the amount of solution. So, it is an intensive property.

Important points regarding intensive & extensive properties:

  1. The ratio of two extensive properties is always an intensive property.
    • Explanation: The mass (m) and volume (V) of a system are extensive properties. But the ratio ofthese two, i.e., density \(\left(\frac{m}{V}=d\right)\) is an intensive property.
  2. Extensive property becomes intensive when It Is expressed in terms of per unit mass or unit mole.
    • Explanation: if x is an extensive property for moles of a system, then the value of X per mole, \(X_m=\frac{X}{n}\), will be an intensive property because it denotes the value of X for 1 mol of the system and is independent of the amount of substance.
    • The internal energy of a system is an extensive property, but internal energy per mole (molar internal energy) or internal energy per gram (specific internal energy) is an intensive property.
    • The volume of a system is an extensive property, but volume per mole (molar volume) or volume per gram (specific volume) is an intensive property. Similarly, the heat capacity of a system is an extensive property, but heat capacity per mole (molar heat capacity) or heat capacity per gram (specific heat capacity) is an intensive property.

Internal Energy And Its Change

Heat is released during the solidification of a liquid (for example when 1 g of water is transformed into ice at 0°C and late pressure, it releases 80 cal heat.) When coal burns, it produces both light and heat.

Mechanical work is done during the expansion of water vapor from high pressure to low pressure. We have many other examples like these, where we see that the system does work or produces heat or other form of energy out of its own intrinsic or inherent energy, without taking aid from an external energy source.

These observations indicate that every system contains some amount of energy intrinsically associated with it This intrinsic energy associated with every system or substance, is called its internal energy. Internal energy is denoted by the symbol either U or E.

Internal Energy And Its Change Definition: Every system, for its existence, is associated with an amount of energy in exchange for which it can do work or produce heat or another form of energy without the help of external energy. This energy is termed internal energy.

Origin of internal energy: The constituent particles in a system possess kinetic and potential energies arising from different internal modes of motion such as translational motion, vibrational motion, rotational motion, and electronic motion. In addition, they also possess nuclear energy, bond energy, and energy due to intermolecular attractions or repulsions.

All these energies contribute to the internal energy ofthe system. Therefore, the sum of all forms of energies ofthe constituent particles in a system gives rise to the internal energy ofthe system.

The absolute value of the internal energy of a system cannot be measured experimentally because it is not possible to determine all the types ofenergy associated with the internal energy of a system. However, in a process, the change in the internal energy (AU) of a system can be determined experimentally.

Some important points about internal energy

Internal energy is an extensive property.

Explanation: Internal energy ofa system is an extensive property because it increases as the amount of substance present in the system increases. For example, the internal energy of 5g of water is five times that of lg of water.

Internal energy depends upon the nature ofthe system.

Internal Energy And Its Change

Internal Energy And Its Change Explanation: The constituent particles (atoms, ions, and molecules) are different for different systems. This makes magnitudes of translational energy, rotational energy, vibrational energy, electronic energy, binding energy, etc. different for different systems.

Therefore, the values of internal energy will be different for different systems, even under identical conditions. For example, under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, the internal energy of one mole of O2 gas Is different from that of one mole of N2 gas.

Internal energy Increases with an increase in temperature. Explanation: With increasing temperature, the magnitudes of the translational motion, rotational motion, vibrational motion, etc., of constituents of a system increase. This results in an increase in energies associated with these motions. Consequently, the internal energy of the system increases.

Internal energy ofa system is a state function.

Explanation: In a process, the change in internal energy (All) ofa system only depends upon the initial and final states of the system. It does not depend upon the path followed for carrying out the process. A process with a given initial and final states can be carried out in different paths but the change in internal energy will be the same in all paths.

For example, the combustion of glucose, \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(s)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\), can be carried out either by its direct combustion in a reaction vessel, or by oxidizing it in presence of enzyme. However, the change in internal energy in each case will be the same as the initial and final states for both processes are identical.

Change in the internal energy of a system in a process

Change in the internal energy of a system in a process Definition: process, the change in internal energy of a system is defined as the difference in internal energies between the final and initial states of the system in the process.

Let us consider a process in which the internal energy of the system at the initial and final states are U1 and U2, respectively. Therefore, the change in internal energy of the system, Δ17 = U2-Ul. Change in internal energy of a system in a chemical reaction: In a chemical reaction, the system is considered to be made up of reactants and products involved in the reaction.

At the beginning of the reaction, the system contains only reactants, and after the completion of the reaction, the system contains only products. Therefore, the change in internal energy in a chemical reaction equals the difference between the internal energies of the products and the reactants.

Let us consider a reaction: A →B The change in internal energies of the reaction is given by, \(\Delta \boldsymbol{U}=\overline{\boldsymbol{U}}_{\boldsymbol{B}}-\overline{\boldsymbol{U}}_A ; \text { where } \bar{U}_A \text { and } \bar{U}_B\) are the molar internal energies (internal energies per mole) of the product (B) and reactant (A), respectively

if then AU = negative, indicating an exothermic reaction.

if then ΔU = positive, indicating an endothermic reaction.

Both calorimeters are used to determine the change in internal energy in a combustion reaction.

The change In internal energy in an isothermal expansion or compression of an ideal gas (system) is zero. When an ideal gas undergoes isothermal expansion or compression, the average distance between the molecules in the gas changes, but this change does not affect the internal energy of the gas because the molecules of an ideal gas do not experience intermolecular forces of attraction. Therefore, an isothermal expansion or compression of an ideal gas (system) does not cause any change in the internal energy of the gas.

The change in internal energy of an ideal gas depends only upon temperature. At a constant temperature, the internal energy of an ideal gas is independent of its volume or pressure

Heat And Work In Thermodynamics

A system can interact with its surroundings by exchanging energy either in the form of heat or work or both. The interaction brings about changes in the properties ofthe system

In thermodynamics, heat is defined as the energy flowing across the boundary of a system by the temperature difference between the system and its surroundings.

Work In thermodynamics, work is defined as the energy transferred between the system and its surroundings due to the existence of unbalanced forces between the two.

Some important features of heat and work:

  1. Transfer of heat, work occurs only at the boundary of a system.
  2. Both heat and work are the forms of energy in transit. Heat or work appears only when a system undergoes a process. There is no existence of heat or work before or after the process. This means that heat and work are the forms ofenergy that are not stored within a system. Therefore, heat and work are not the properties of a system.
  3. Heat flows from a region of high temperature to a low temperature. If the temperature of a system is higher or lower than that of its surroundings, then heat flows from the system to the surroundings or vice-versa.
  4. A system can do work on its surroundings. When it occurs, we say that work is done by the system on its surroundings. Conversely, work can be done on the system by its surroundings.
  5. When heat flows from the surroundings to the system, the internal energy of the system increases. On the contrary, when heat flows from the system to its surroundings, then the internal energy ofthe system decreases. If work is done by the system on its surroundings, the internal energy of the system decreases. Conversely, if work is done on the system by its surroundings, the internal energy ofthe system increases.
  6. Heat and work are not the state functions of a system: When a system changes its state, the amount of heat transferred between the system and its surroundings or the amount of work involved in the change depends not only on the initial and the final states ofthe system but also on the path the system follows during the change. So, heat and work are not the state functions of a system. These are called path-dependent quantities.

Explanation: In the following example it can be shown that the work and heat are not the state functions ofa system. Let us consider, that 1 mol ofice at (0°C and 1atm) is to be converted into water at the same temperature and pressure.

1 mol of ice (0°C and 1 atm) → 1 mol of water (0°C and 1 atm) This transformation can be carried out by following the two alternative ways given below.

Work is done during rubbing but no heat is transferred. But in heat is transferred but no work is done. Although the initial and final states of the system are the same in both processes, the amount of work or heat involved in these processes is different. Thus, work done or heat transferred in a process depends on the route followed to carry out the process.

In a process, the change in a property of a system is calculated by subtracting the final value from the initial value. Generally, this difference is denoted by the symbol ‘A’. Heat and work are not the properties of the system. Heat and work are the energies in transit. There is no existence of heat and work before or after a process. Thus, we can write AP or AV, but not Aq or Aw.

Sign of heat and work in thermodynamics:

Sign of heat: The amount of heat transferred is expressed by Q If heat is transferred from the surroundings to the system, the system gains energy. The gain of heat by the system is represented by the +ve sign. For example, if a system absorbs local of heat from the surroundings, then q =+10 cal.

If heat is transferred from the system to the surroundings, the system loses energy. The heat rejected by the system is represented by the -ve sign. For example, if a system rejects 10 cal of heat to the surroundings, then q = -10 cal.

Chemical Thermodynamics Exachange Of Heat Between A System And Its Surroundings

Sign of work: Work done on the system or by the system is denoted by w. According to the IUPAC convention, the energy ofthe system decreases when work is done by it. So, w is negative. On the other hand, the energy ofthe system increases if work is done on it. So it is positive, Example if 10 kj of work is performed by a system, then w = -10 kl. On the other hand, if 10 kj of work is performed on a system, w = +10 kj

Chemical Thermodynamics Work Done On The System By Its Surroundings And Work By The system On Surroundings

Chemical Thermodynamic Sign Conventions For Heat And Work

Units of heat and work:

Units of heat: The CGS unit of heat is calorie. The SI unit of heat is joule. [1 cal = 4.184 joule]

Units of work: The traditional unit of work is erg. lerg =1 dyn. cm. SI unit of work is joule. 1 joule =1 N. m = 107 erg.

Pressure-Volume Work

A chemical reaction, is generally, associated with an absorption or evolution of heat However, many reactions also involve mechanical work along with the absorption or evolution of heat.

This work is done either by the system on its surroundings or by the surroundings of the system. The mechanical work associated with a chemical reaction is due to the change in the volume ofthe reaction system.

If the volume of a system increases against an external pressure or decreases by an external pressure, then some amount of mechanical work is performed because of the change in the volume of the system. This work is called pressure-volume work (or P-Vwork).

In a reaction, if one or more gaseous products are formed [example Zn(s) + 2HCl(aq)→ZnCl2(aq) + H2(g) ] or the number of moles of gaseous substances increases [example PCl5(g)→PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) ], then the volume of the system increases against external pressure (usually against atmospheric pressure). The work is thus performed by the system on the surroundings.

On the other hand, in a reaction, if the gaseous reactants are consumed [example 2H2(g) + O2(g) 2H2O(1) ] or the number of moles of gaseous substances decreases [example N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ], then work is performed on the system! by the surroundings under the influence of external pressure.

Calculation of pressure-volume (P-V) work: According to mechanics, if dx is the displacement of the point of application of force F acting on a particular body, then [ work done = Fcost? dx [where 6 is the angle between the direction of applied F and the direction of displacement (dx) of the point, FcosB is the component of force along the direction ofdisplacement]  If the applied force (F) and f . the displacement (dx) be in the same direction, then. 9 = 0 and cos# = 1 . Hence, in this case, we can write,

Chemical Thermodynamics Calculation Of Pressure Volume (P-V) work

Again, when (lie applied force (P) and displacement are In the opposite direction, then and COHO m In this case, work done = Pdx.

Force And displacement are both vector quantities, but their product (work) Is a scalar quantity. The equation for pressure-volume work: Let us consider, that a gas is kept In a cylinder fitted with a weightless and frictionless piston. The piston Is held up by the stops (s,s).

Chemical Thermodynamics Pressure Volume Work

Suppose, an external force is applied to the piston. If the cross-sectional area of the piston is A then external pressure, Pex \(=\frac{f_{e x}}{A}\) Suppose, Pex is less than the pressure of the gas.

Now, if stops (s, s) are removed, the gas will expand against external pressure till the piston is again held up by the stops (s1, S1). Ifthe piston moves a distance of dx, then work is done by the system on the surroundings
\(\delta w=-f_{e x} d x=-P_{e x} A d x\) [since \(f_{e x}=P_{e x} A\)

[According to the convention, work done bythe system is -ve ] Now, A dx – dV = increase in volume ofthe gas (system) due to the displacement of the piston. So, \(\delta w=-P_{e x} d V\) Let us consider the gas is expanded from its initial volume K1 to final volume V2. If this expansion is carried out in several steps, then the total work done by the gas.

⇒ \(w=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_{e x} d V\)

[since Since work is not a state function, the value of \(\int_1^2 \delta w\) cannot be expressed as (u/2- u/1, instead we represent it as w .] Equation [1] is the general expression of P-Vwork. Work done by the gas and work done on the gas both can be calculated by using equation [1].

Expansion work of a gat: if a ga expands from iu initial volume V1 to final volume V2 against a constant eternal pressure of V2, then work done

⇒ \(w=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} p_{e x} d V=p_{e x}\left(V_2-V_1\right)\left\{p_{s x}=\text { constant }\right]\)

⇒ \(=-P_{e x} \Delta V\)

⇒ \(w=-P_{e x} \Delta V=-v e\)

Since \(V_2>V_1, \Delta V=V_2-V_1=+v e j\)

Conventionally, Work done bythe system is negative.

Compression work of a gas: If a gas is compressed from its initial volume V1 to final volume V2 where a constant external pressure is Pex, then work done, \(w=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_{e x} d V=-P_{e x}\left(V_2-V_1\right)\)

since Pex constant

⇒ \(=-P_{e x} \Delta V\)

∴ \(w=-P_{e x} \Delta V=+v e\)

Since \(V_2<V_1 \text { and } \Delta V=V_2-V_1=-v e\)

Conventionally, work done on the die system is positive.

Pressure-volume work in a reversible process

A reversible process is completed by an infinite number of small steps. In each step of this process, the driving force is infinitesimally greater than the opposing force.

Let V1 be the volume of a certain amount of a gas confined in a cylinder fitted with a weightless & frictionless piston. The gas is expanded reversibly from volume V1 to V2.

If the external pressure (Pex) on the gas is equal to the pressure ofthe gas (P), then there will be no displacement ofthe piston. Consequently, the volume ofthe gas does not change and the system remains in equilibrium.

Chemical Thermodynamics Pressure Volume Work In Reversible Exapansion Of A gas

Now, external pressure is diminished by an infinitesimal amount of DP. As a result, the gas will start to expand against pressure (Pex- dP) until the pressure of the gas equals the pressure (Pgx- dP). Suppose the volume is increased by an amount of dV. At the end of this expansion, the system regains its equilibrium state.

Again, external pressure is further decreased by an amount of DP. Consequently, the volume ofthe gas also increases by an infinitesimal amount of dV, and at the end of the expansion, the equilibrium of the system is restored. In this way, the gas is made to expand in an infinite number of small steps until the volume ofthe gas reaches V2.

Expression of pressure-volume work in a reversible process: In a reversible expansion of a gas, in each step, external pressure (Pex) is infinitesimally smaller than the pressure of the gas (P). Thus, in each step, Pgx is considered to be almost equal to P. So, in each step work done, 8wrgv = -PgxdV =-PdV [P = pressure ofthe gas at respective step, dV= infinitesimal increase in volume due to infinitesimal decrease in pressure & ‘rev’ = reversible]. If in a reversible expansion, the volume ofa gas is increased from V1 to V2, then-

⇒ \(w_{r e v}=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P d V\)

Equation [1] can be used to calculate the work done by a gas in its reversible expansion. To integrate equation [1], it is necessary to know the variation of pressure ofthe gas with volume. Work done on the gas in a reversible compression can also be calculated using equation [1], in this case, V2 < V1.

Work done by an ideal gas in its isothermal reversible expansion

Let us consider that n mol of an ideal gas is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a weightless and frictionless piston. The initial pressure, temperature, and volume of the gas are P1, T, and V1 respectively. Now the gas is expanded reversibly from volume V1 to V2 under isothermal conditions. Suppose, due to this expansion the pressure of the gas decreases from P1 to P2.

Calculation of work done: Work done due to isothermal reversible expansion,

⇒ \(w_{r e v}=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P d V=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} \frac{n R T}{V} d V \quad\left[P=\frac{n R T}{V}\right]\)

As the process is isothermal, so Tremains constant

∴ \(w_{r e v}=-n R T \int_{V_1}^{V_2} \frac{d V}{V}\)

∴ \(w_{r e v}=-n R T \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1}=-2.303 n R T \log \frac{V_2}{V_1}\)

At constant temperature for an ideal gas \(\frac{V_2}{V_1}=\frac{P_1}{P_2}\)

In equations [1] and [2], wrong is negative because during expansion V2 > & P1 > P2. This conforms with the convention because the sign of work done by the system is negative. Therefore, applying equations [1] and [2], it is possible to calculate the amount of work done by an ideal gas (system) in an isothermal reversible expansion.

Work done on an ideal gas in its isothermal reversible compression

Let us consider that n mol of an ideal gas is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a weightless and frictionless piston. The initial pressure, temperature, and volume (before compression) are Px, T, and V respectively. Now the gas is compressed reversibly from volume Vj to V2 under isothermal conditions.

Chemical Thermodynamics Isothermal Reversible Compression Of An Idea Gas

Suppose, the pressure of the gas increases from P1 to P2 because of this compression.

Calculation of work done: Work done in the isothermal reversible compression,

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}w_{r e v}=-n R T \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1} \\text { or, }_{r e v}=-n R T \ln \frac{P_1}{P_2}=-2.303 n R T \log \frac{P_1}{P_2}\end{gathered}\)

In equations [1] and [2], the sign is positive because V2 < V1 and P2 > P1. This conforms with the convention because the sign of work done on the system is positive. Therefore, applying equations [1] and [2], it is possible to calculate the amount of work done on an ideal gas (system) in its isothermal reversible compression.

Work done by a gas in its irreversible expansion

Let us assume that a certain amount of gas is kept in a cylinder fitted with a weightless and frictionless piston. Suppose, the initial volume and pressure of the gas are V and P1 respectively

Chemical Thermodynamics Isothermal Reversible Compression Of An Idea Gas

If the external pressure is suddenly reduced to P2 (where P2 is much less than P1 ), the gas will go on expanding till the internal pressure becomes equal to P2. Let the volume of the gas increase from V1 to V2 due to the lowering of pressure from P1 to P2.

Calculation of Work done: Work done by the gas

\(w_{i r r}=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_{e x} d V=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_2 d V\left[\text { [External pressure, } P_{e x}=P_2 ; \text { irr }=\text { irreversible. }\right]\)

∴ \(w_{i r r}=-P_2\left(V_2-V_1\right)\)

As \(v_2>v_1, w_{i r r}\) = negative. This agrees with the convention as the sign of work done by the system is negative. The amount of work done by the gas in its irreversible expansion against a constant external pressure can be calculated by using the above equation [1],

Work done by n mol of an Ideal gas in Its isothermal irreversible expansion: From equation [1] we obtain \(w_{i r r}=-P_2\left(V_2-V_1\right) \text {; where, } V_2>V_1 \text {. For } n \mathrm{~mol} \text { of an }\) \(\text { ideal gas, } V=\frac{n R T}{P} \text {. At the initial state, } V_1=\frac{n R T}{P_1} \text { and at }\) \(\text { final state, } V_2=\frac{n R T}{P_2} \text {. Therefore, } w_{i r r}=-P_2\left(\frac{n R T}{P_2}-\frac{n R T}{P_1}\right)\)

∴ \(w_{i r r}=-n R T\left(1-\frac{P_2}{P_1}\right)\left[P_2<P_1\right]\)

The amount of work done by n mol of an ideal gas is due to its isothermal irreversible expansion can be calculated by using equation [1] or [2],

Work done on a gas in its irreversible compression

Let us consider a gas kept in a cylinder fitted with a frictionless and weightless piston is in thermodynamic equilibrium. Suppose, the initial pressure and volume of the gas are P1 and V1 respectively.

As the gas is in the state of thermodynamic equilibrium, the internal and external pressures are equal. If the external pressure is suddenly increased from (P1 to P2 (where P2 is much greater than P1 ), the volume of the gas will keep on decreasing until the internal pressure becomes equal to the external pressure P2. Suppose the volume of the gas decreases from V1{ to V2 due to an increase in pressure from P1 to P2.

Chemical Thermodynamics Irreversible Compression Of Gas

Calculation of work done:

⇒ \(w_{i r r}=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_{e x} d V=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} P_2 d V \quad l \begin{aligned}
& {[\text { External pressure, }} \\
& \left.P_{e x}=P_2\right]
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(w_{i r r}=-P_2\left(V_2-V_1\right)\)

∴ \(w_{i r r}=\text { positive }\left[V_2<V_1\right]\)

This agrees with the convention because the sign of work done on the system is positive.

The amount of work done on the gas (by the surroundings) in an isothermal irreversible compression can be calculated try the equation 11 {. Work done by n mol of an Ideal gnu In Its Isothermal Irreversible compression: Prom the equation |1| we obtain

⇒ \(w_{i r r}=-P_2\left(V_2-V_1\right) \quad\left|V_2<V_1\right|\)

⇒ \(\text { Initial volume, } V_1=\frac{n R T}{P_1} \text { and the final volume } V_2=\frac{n R T}{P_2}\)

Therefore \(w_{i r}=-P_2\left(\frac{n n T}{P_2}-\frac{n R T}{P_1}\right) .\)

∴ \(w_{i r r}=-n R T\left(1-\frac{P_2}{P_1}\right)\left[P_2>P_1\right]\)

The amount of work done on n mol of an ideal gas in its isothermal irreversible compression can be calculated by the equation [1] or [2].

The magnitude of work done by a gas in its reversible expansion is always greater than that in its irreversible expansion provided the initial and final states of the system arc are identical in hodi die cases.

Fit tu on Reversible expansion of gas occurs through a large number of infinitesimal steps, and in each step, the external pressure differs from the pressure of the gas by an infinitesimal amount. Therefore, in each step of a reversible expansion, the gas is expanded against the maximum possible pressure. As a result, The work obtained in a reversible expansion is maximum.

On die other hand, in an irreversible expansion of a gas, the external pressure differs from the pressure of the gas by a finite amount. In this expansion, since the gas expands against an external pressure fairly less than the pressure of the gas, the work obtained is always less than the reversible expansion.

Work done by a gas in its free expansion

In free expansion, the gas expands against zero external pressure. The work done \(\boldsymbol{w}=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} \boldsymbol{P}_{e x} d V=-\int_{V_1}^{V_2} 0 \times d V=0\)

[Since the gas expands against zero pressure, Pex = 0] Therefore, the work done by a gas in its free expansion is zero.

Pressure-volume work in a chemical reaction

At a particular temperature and pressure, the change in volume of a reaction system is considered to be made up of reactants and products involved in the reaction depending primarily on the change in the number of moles of gaseous substances that participated in the reaction.

This is because the change in the number of moles of solid or liquid substances that participated in a reaction has a negligible effect on the volume of the reaction system.

Example: When I mol of Zn reacts completely with dilute HCl, 1 mol of H2 gas is produced. In this reaction, the change in volume of the reaction system will be approximately equal to the volume of 1 mol of H2 since the contribution of other constituents towards the volume change is negligible. Suppose, at constant temperature ( T) and pressure, the difference in volume between the gaseous products and reactants in a reaction is AV’. So. work done, w = -PAV. If the difference in the number of moles between the gaseous products and the gaseous reactants Is An and these gases behave like an ideal gas, then work done, \(w=-P \Delta V=-\Delta n R T\)

If An > 0, (Example \(\left.\mathrm{Zn}(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{ZnCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2(g)\right) .\). then w is negative. In this case, work is done by the system on die surroundings.

If An < 0 , [Example \(2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\). then w is positive, in this case, work is done on the system by the surroundings.

Heat Capacity, Specific Heat Capacity And Molar Heat Capacity

Heat capacity of a substance

The heat capacity is the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature ofa substance by 1°C (1 K).

The heat capacity is usually denoted by If of the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of a given amount of substance, then its heat capacity, \(C=\frac{δ q}{d T} \).

characteristics of the heat capacity of a substance

The higher the heat capacity of a substance, the smaller the increase in temperature of a given amount of the substance when a certain amount of heat is added to it. For example, the heat capacity of water is higher than that of copper. So more heat will be required to raise the temperature of 1 g of water than lg of copper by 1 K (or 1°C).

The heat capacity of a substance depends on its nature.

The heat capacity ofa substance depends on its amount. Thus, it is an extensive property.

The heat capacity is a path-dependent quantity. The heat required to raise the temperature of a substance by IK depends on the process by which the substance is heated. For example, the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of1 mol of N2 gas by IK depends on whether the heating is done at constant volume or constant pressure.

Unit: \(\text { cal } \cdot{ }^{\circ} \mathrm{C}^{-1}\left[\text { or, cal } \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right] \text { or, } \mathrm{J} \cdot{ }^{\circ} \mathrm{C}^{-1}\left[\text { or, } \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right] \text {. }\)

Specific heat or specific heat capacity of a substance

The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of the unit mass ofa substance by 1°C [or IK] is called specific heat or specific heat capacity ofthe substance. It is represented by d. Specific heat capacity is an intensive property ofthe system.

⇒ \(Unit: cal \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot{ }^{\circ} \mathrm{C}^{-1} or, cal \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} or, \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot{ }^{\circ} \mathrm{C}^{-1} or, \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}.\).

The specific heat capacity of water (4.]8J-g-1.°C-1) is considerably higher than that of other common substances. Thus, a large amount of heat as well as time is required to warm a given amount of water. For the same reason, hot water takes a long time to cool.

Molar heat capacity

The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of I mol of a substance by 1°C (or IK) is called the molar heat capacity of the substance. The molar heat capacity is denoted by’ Cm’ (the suffix’ m ’ refers to molar), it is an Intensive property.

⇒ \(\mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot{ }^{\circ} \mathrm{C}^{-1} \text { or, cal } \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot{ }^{\circ} \mathrm{C}^{-1} \text { or, } \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \text {. }\)

Molar heated panacea substance(Cm)

=Specify Lear capacity of me substance(c) x Molar mass (M)

Heat absorbed or released by substance (q)

= mass of the substance (m)>specificheat capacity (c) x increase or decrease in temperature <Ar> thus, q= mxcxT

[where AT =final temperature- initial temperature] Using fee equation [1], we can calculate c if we know the values of, m and AT. The heat released or absorbed (q) can be calculated by using equation [1] if we know the values of c, m, and AT. An increase or decrease in temperature (AT) can be calculated by using equation[1] if we know the values of q,c, and m.

Heat Capacity Of A Substance At Constant Volume And Pressure

Chemical Thermodynamic Heat Capacity Of A Substance At Constant Volume And Pressure

Chemical Thermodynamic Molar Heat Capacities Of SOme Gases At Constant Volume And Constant Pressure

Comparison of the values of molar heat capacities at constant pressure and constant volume

Comparison for gaseous substances: For gaseous substances, the molar heat capacity at constant pressure is greater than die molar heat capacity at constant volume.

Addition of heat at constant volume: As the volume of the system is constant, no external work by the system is possible. So, all die heat added to the system will be used for increasing the internal energy of the system, which in turn increases the temperature of the die system.

Chemical Thermodynamics For a gas

Suppose, the addition of 8a amount of heat to 1 mole of gas causes an increase in the temperature of the gas by dT. Therefore, by definition,

⇒ \(C_{V, m}=\left(\frac{\delta q}{d T}\right)_V\)

Addition of heat at constant pressure: When heat is added to a gas at constant pressure the added heat is used up in two ways. One part of it is expended for the external work done by the system, and the other part of it goes to increase the internal energy of the system.

As a result of an increase in internal energy, the temperature of the system also increases Suppose, when 5q amount of heat is added to l mole of a gas at constant pressure, the temperature of the gas is increased by dT’.

So, by definition \(C_{P, m}=\left(\frac{\delta q}{d T^{\prime}}\right)_P\) Therefore, if Ihe same amount of heat Is added to I mol of a given gas separately at constant volume and constant pressure, then the Increase in temperature will be small at constant pressure than at constant volume so dt’,dt and cp, m. Cv, m. As a result of this, the molar heat capacity of a gas at constant pressure(cp,m) will be greater than its molar heat capacity at constant volume (cv,m).

Comparison in the case of solids and liquids: when heat is added to a solid or liquid, there occurs no significant change in their volumes. Thus, the work involved in the process of heating a solid or liquid at constant pressure is negligible. This is why the values of Cp m and Cv m are found to be almost the same in the case of a liquid or solid.

For a gas, the ratio of the molar heat capacity at constant pressure (Cp m) to the molar heat capacity at constant volume (Cp,m) is termed as heat capacity ratio (7). Therefore, 7 =CPf m/C V, m

Some relations of Cp and Cv for an ideal gas 1) Internal energy ( U) of an ideal gas depends only on the temperature (T), neither on the pressure (P) nor the volume (V). When an ideal gas undergoes a process involving only P-V work, the heat absorbed by the gas is equal to its internal energy change. Therefore, for an ideal gas

⇒ \(C_V=\left(\frac{\delta q}{d T}\right)_V=\frac{d U}{d T} \text { or, } d \boldsymbol{d}=\boldsymbol{C}_V \boldsymbol{d} T\)

Enthalpy (H) of an ideal gas depends only on temperature (T). It does not depend either on pressure (P) or on volume (V). When an ideal gas undergoes a process involving only P-V work, the heat absorbed by the gas is equal to its enthalpy change. Therefore, for an ideal gas, \(C_P=\left(\frac{\delta q}{d T}\right)_P=\frac{d H}{d T} \text { or, } d H=C_P d T\)

For an ideal gas, the difference between the moon’s heat capacities at constant pressure and constant volume is equal to the universal gas constant (R). Thus, CP, m -CV, m = R.

For 1 mole of an ideal gas, PV = RT

Substitution RT for PV in the relation H = U+ PV gives the enthalpy for1 mol of an ideal gas, i.e., H = U+ RT Differentiating both sides, we have dH = dU + RdT.

Dividing both sides by dT gives

⇒ \(\frac{d H}{d T}=\frac{d U}{d T}+R \quad \text { or, } C_{P, m}=C_{V, m}+R\) Or, \(C_{P, m}-C_{V, m}=R\)

[For an ideal gas, dU = CydT and dH = CpdT}

The change in internal energy (A) with the change in temperature of an ideal gas: Suppose, the ‘n’ mole of an ideal gas undergoes a process in which its temperature changes from T1 to T2 and so does its internal energy from U1 to U2. Therefore, the change in internal energy ofthe gas,

⇒ \(\int_{U_1}^{U_2} d U=\int_{T_1}^{T_2} n C_{V, m} d T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } U_2-U_1=\int_{T_1}^{T_2} n C_{V, m} d T \text { or, } \Delta U=\int_{T_1}^{T_2} n C_{V, m} d T\)

If CV,m is considered to be independent of temperature within the temperature range to T2, then | AU = nCV/Therefore, the change in internal energy (AI7) with the temperature change can be calculated by using equation [1], If T2> T1, then AU = positive, ie., with increasing temperature, the internal energy of the system increases. If T2<Ty then A U = negative i.e., with decreasing temperature, the internal energy of the system decreases.

The change in enthalpy (AH) with the change in temperature for an ideal gas: Suppose, an ideal gas undergoes a process in which its temperature changes from T1 to T2.

As a result of which its enthalpy changes from H1 to H2. Therefore, the change in enthalpy of the gas in this process is:

⇒ \(\int_{H_1}^{H_2} d H=\int_{T_1}^{T_2} n C_{P, m} d T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } H_2-H_1=\int_{T_1}^{T_2} n C_{P, m} d T \text { or, } \Delta H=\int_{T_1}^{T_2} n C_{P, m} d T\)

If Cp m is considered to be independent of temperature within the temperature range T1 to T2, then, \(\Delta H=n C_{P, m}\left(T_2-T_1\right)\) So, the change in enthalpy (AH) with the change in temperature can be calculated by using equation [1],

Numerical Examples

Question 1. How much 90g of water from 30°C to 100°C? [Molar heat capacity of water at constant pressure = 75.3 J.mol-1 K-1]
Answer: The specific heat of water at constant pressure,

⇒ \(c_P=\frac{C_{P, m}}{M}=\frac{75.3}{18}=4.18 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

where, Cp m = molar heat capacity at constant pressure, M = molar mass ofthe substance Mass of water, m = 90 g and AT = (373-303)K =70K

∴ q =mx cpx AT = 90 x 4.18 x 70 =26334 J =26.33 kj

∴ 26.33 kl of heat is required to raise the temperature of 90g of water from 30 °C to 100 °C.

Question 2. How much heat will be released when the temperature of1 mol of water changes from 90 °C to 80 °C? Given: Specific heat of water 4.18 J.g-1.K-1
Answer: We know, q = mx cx AT The amount of water = lmol. Therefore, m = 18g, c = 4.18 J.g-1.K-1 and \(\Delta T=[(273+80)-(273+90)] \mathrm{K}=-10 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ q = 18 X 4.18 X (-10) J = —752.40J

So, the amount of heat that will be liberated when the temperature of1 mol water changes from 90 °C to 80 °C is 752.40 J.

Question 3. Specific heats of an ideal gas at constant volume & constant pressure are 0.015 and 0.025 cal. g-1 .K-1 respectively. Determine the molar mass of the gas.
Answer: \(c_V=0.015 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}, c_P=0.025 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

∴ Molar heat capacity at constant volume, Cy m=M x Cy, and that at constant pressure, Cp m = M x cp[Af= molar mass] Again we know, for an ideal gas, Cp m- Cy m = R.

∴ M(Cp-Cy) = R

⇒ \(\text { or, } \quad M(0.025-0.015) \mathrm{cal}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=1.987 \mathrm{cal}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

or, Af = 198.7g-mol-1 \(\left[ R=1.987 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\right]\)

∴ The molar mass of the gas = 198.7 g-mol-1.

Question 3. Specific heats of an ideal gas at constant volume And constant pressure are 0.015 and 0.025 cal. g-1.K-1 respectively. Determine the molar mass of the gas.
Answer: \(c_V=0.015 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}, c_P=0.025 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{g}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

∴ Molar heat capacity at constant volume, Cy m=M x Cy and that at constant pressure, Cp m = M x cp[Af= molar mass]

Again we know, for ideal gas, \(C_{P, m}-C_{V, m}=R.\)

∴ M(Cp-Cy) = R

Or, \(M=198.7 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Since \(R=1.987 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

∴ Molar mass ofthe gas = 198.7 g-mol-1.

Heat Change In A Chemical Reaction

Like other processes, heat exchange with the surroundings also occurs in case of chemical reactions. The amount of heat absorbed or given off during a reaction depends on the conditions under which the reaction is carried out.

Generally, reactions are carried out either under the condition of constant volume or under the condition of constant pressure. However, the fact is that carrying out a reaction at constant volume is not as convenient as that at constant pressure.

In the laboratory, reactions are carried out in containers open to the atmosphere, so they occur under the condition of constant atmospheric pressure. According to the first law of thermodynamics, if a process involving only pressure-volume work occurs at constant volume, on heat change (qv) in the process equals the change in internal energy (AU) of the system.

Therefore, ΔU = qv or, = -qy. On the other hand, if a process occurs at constant pressure according to the first law of thermodynamics, the heat change in the process (qp) becomes equal to the change in enthalpy (AH) of the system. Therefore, ΔH = qp or, -ΔH= -qP

In a process, the change in internal energy is ΔU = U2-U1, and the change in enthalpy is ΔH – H2– H1 where subscripts 1 and 2 denote the initial state and the final state of the system, respectively, in the process. In a reaction system, only reactants are present at the beginning of the reaction and only products are present at the end of the chemical reaction.

Therefore, the internal energy or enthalpy at the beginning of a reaction means the total internal energy or enthalpy ofthe reactants undergoing the reaction. Similarly, the internal energy or enthalpy at the end of a reaction means the total internal energy or enthalpy of the products formed in the reaction. Therefore,

  1. For a chemical reaction occurring at constant volume, the heat change (qv) = AU = (total internal energy of the products – total Internal energy of the reactants) \(=U_{\text {products }}-U_{\text {reactants }}=U_P-U_{R^*}\)
  2. For a reaction occurring at constant pressure, the heat Change \(\left(q_P\right)=\Delta H=H_{\text {products }}-H_{\text {reactants }}=H_P-H_R \text {. }\)

As most of the reactions are carried out at constant pressure and heat change associated with constant pressure equals the change in enthalpy, the heat change of the reaction in a reaction usually signifies the change in enthalpy (AH) is the reaction unless the constant-volume condition is stated.

Exothermic and endothermic reactions

Exothermic reaction: Reactions associated with the evolution of heat are called exothermic reactions. In an exothermic reaction, heat is released from the reacting system to the surroundings.

Thus, when we touch the reaction container (which is the part of the surroundings), in which the exothermic reaction is taking place, we feel warm. Since heat is released in an exothermic reaction, the total energy of the reactants is greater than that of the products.

Let us consider an exothermic reaction: A + B→C + D. If the heat released in the reaction is’ q ‘ then, the total energy of the reactants = total energy of the products + q t.e., the total energy of A and H = the total energy of C and D + q.

If we imagine ‘q’ as the part of the die product, then the above equation can be written as A + B →C + D + q The amount of heat evolved is usually written with a positive sign on the right-hand side of the balanced equation of the reaction.

Endothermic reaction) Reactions Associated with the absorption of hoot are called endothermic reactions, In an endothermic reaction. In the absorbed by the reading system to the surroundings. Thus, when we touch the reaction container (which Is the pan of the surroundings), in which an endothermic reaction Is taking place, we feel cold.

Since the absorption of bent occurs In mi endothermic reaction, the total energy of products will be greater than the total energy of the reactants. Let us consider an endothermic reaction; A + B→C+D.

Heat absorbed In this reaction he then the total energy of the reactants s the total energy if the products total energy of A and If = total energy of C and D- q.

If imagine ‘q’ as the part ofthe reactant, then the above equation can be written as:
A+B+QC+D Or, A+B+C+D-q

The amount of heat absorbed is usually written with a negative sign on the right-hand side of the balanced equation ofthe reaction.

Enthalpy change in exothermic reactions; In an exothermic reaction, heat is released by the reacting system. Therefore, for any exothermic reaction occurring at constant pressure qp<0. Since qp=ΔH, ΔH<0 Or, \(\Sigma H_{\text {products }}-\Sigma H_{\text {reactants }}<0 \quad \text { or, } \quad \Sigma H_{\text {products }}\) Thus the total enthalpy ofthe products is less than that ofthe reactants.

In an exothermic reaction, the enthalpy of the reaction system decreases (AH < 0). Enthalpy change in endothermic reactions: In an endothermic reaction heat is absorbed by the reaction system. Therefore, for any endothermic reaction occurring at constant pressure, qo>0. Since \(q_p=\Delta H, \Delta H>0 \text { or, } \Sigma H_{\text {products }}-\Sigma H_{\text {reactants }}>0\text { or, } \Sigma H_{\text {products }}>\Sigma H_{\text {reactants }}\)

In an endothermic reaction, the enthalpy of the reaction system Increases (ΔH > 0).

Enthalpy diagram of exothermic and endothermic reactions In an exothermic reaction
\(\Sigma H_{\text {products }}<\Sigma H_{\text {reactants }}\) So, in its enthalpy diagram ,\(\Sigma H_{\text {products }}\) lies below the \(\Sigma H_{\text {reactants }}\) hand, In an endothermic reaction, \(\Sigma n_{\text {products }}>\Sigma H_{\text {reactants }}\) So, in Its enthalpy diagram, \(\Sigma H_{\text {products }}\) lies above the \(\Sigma H_{\text {reactions }}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics Enthalpy DIagram Of Exothermic And Endothermic Reactions

Chemical Thermodynamic Few Examples Of Exathermic And Endothermic Reactions

Thermochemical equations

Thermochemical equations Definitions: The thermochemical equation is a balanced chemical equation, in which the physical states of the reactant(s) and product(s) as well as the amount of heat evolved or absorbed in the reaction are mentioned.

Conventions for writing a thermochemical equation: To indicate the physical states ofthe reactant (s) and the product(s), symbols s, l, and g are used for solid, liquid, and gaseous states, respectively. These symbols are to be placed within parentheses just after the chemical formulae ofthe substances concerned.

For any reactant or product dissolved in aqueous solution, the term ‘ aq ’ (short form of the word aqueous) is to be placed within a parenthesis just after its formula.

The amount of heat evolved or absorbed (or the enthalpy change) in a reaction is to be written with a proper sign (+ or -) on the right-hand side immediately after the balanced equation.

In an exothermic reaction, if x kj of heat is evolved, then +x kj or AH = -x kj is to be written on the right-hand side immediately after the balanced chemical equation.

Example: \(\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+890.3 \mathrm{~kJ}\) or, \(\text { or, } \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{l}) ; \Delta H=-890.3 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

In an endothermic reaction, if +x kj of heat is absorbed, then -x kj or AH = +xkj is to be written on; the right hand immediately after the balanced equation.

Example \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NO}(g)-180.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\) or, \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NO}(g), \Delta H=+180.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

The coefficients of the reactants and the products in a thermochemical equation indicate their respective number of moles This allows us to use fractional coefficients for reactants and products. Because AH is an extensive property, when the balanced equation is multiplied by a factor, the value of AH will also be multiplied by that factor.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l), \Delta H=-571.6 \mathrm{~kJ}\) or, \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l), \Delta H=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Unless otherwise stated the value of ΔH mentioned in a thermochemical equation is considered to be the value at standard states.

A thermochemical equation can be written in this manner. When this is done, the magnitude of AH remains the same but its sign becomes the opposite

Example: \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H=+180.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\) or \(2 \mathrm{NO}(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H=-180.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At a fixed temperature & pressure, the heat released in the formation of 3 mol SO3(g) from SO2(g) and 2(S) is 291 kj. What will be the change in enthalpies in the formation of1 mol & 4 mol SO3(g)?
Answer: The thermochemical equation for the formation of 3 mol of SO3(g) from the reaction between SO2(g) and O2(g) is given \(3 \mathrm{SO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{SO}_3(\mathrm{~g}), \Delta H=-291 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

The thermochemical equation for the formation of1 mol of \(\mathrm{SO}_3(g) \text { is: } \mathrm{SO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \text {, }\) \(\Delta H=\frac{1}{3}(-291) \mathrm{kJ}=-97 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Therefore, the change in enthalpy for the formation of lmol and 4mol S03(g) will be -97 kj and 4x(-97) =- 388 kj, respectively.

Question 2. At a particular temperature and pressure, the heat produced in the formation of 2 mol of C2H6(g) from the reaction between C2H2(g) and H2(g) is 626 kj. What amount of H2(g) will react with the required amount of C2H2(g) to produce 939 kj of heat at the same temperature and pressure?
Answer: The Thermochemical equation for the formation of 2 mol of 2H6(g) from the reaction between C2H2(g) and H2(g) is:

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+4 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H=-626 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

∴ 626 kj of heat = 4 mol H2(g)

∴ \(939 \mathrm{~kJ} \text { of heat } \equiv \frac{4}{626} \times 939 \equiv 6 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

=6×2= 12g H2(g)

Therefore, if 12 g H2(g) reacts with the required amount of C2H2(g) to produce C2H6(g), then 939 kJ of the heat is evolved.

Question 3. At a particular temperature and pressure, N2(g) and O2(g) react to form 4 mol of N2O. The heat absorbed in this reaction is 328 kj. What would the change in enthalpy be due to the formation of 2 mol of N2(g) and 1 mol of O2(g) from N2O(g) at the same temperature and pressure?
Answer: The thermochemical equation for the formation of

⇒ \(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{O}(g): 4 \mathrm{~N}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) ; \Delta H=+328 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Writing this equation in the reverse manner, we obtain,

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H=-328 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Therefore, the thermochemical equation for the formation of 2 mol of N2(g) and 1 mol of O2(g) from N2O(g) will be: \(2 \mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}); \Delta H=-164 \mathrm{~kJ}\) Thus, the change in enthalpy for the formation of 2 mol of N2(g) and 1 mol of O2(g) is -164 kJ.

Heat Of Reaction

Heat Of Reaction Definition: The Amount of heat absorbed or evolved in a reaction when the stoichiometric number of moles of reactions indicated by the balanced chemical equation, is completely converted into products at given conditions is called the heat of reaction at that conditions.

At a particular temperature, the heat of a reaction depends on the conditions under which a reaction is occurring. Generally, chemical reactions are carried out either at constant pressure or at constant volume. Accordingly, the heat of reaction is of two types, namely Heat of reaction at constant volume and heat of reaction at constant pressure.

The heat of reaction at constant volume: The amount of heat absorbed or evolved in a reaction when the stoichiometric number of moles of reactants, indicated by the balanced chemical equation of the reaction, is completely converted into products at a fixed temperature and volume is called the heat of reaction at constant volume.

Explanation: Let us consider a chemical reaction that is occurring at constant temperature and volume.

⇒ \(a A+b B \rightarrow c C+d D\)

According to die first law of thermodynamics, if a reaction occurs at constant volume then the heat change (qv) is equal to the change in internal energy (AU) ofthe system (provided only pressure-volume work is performed), qv= ΔU

Therefore, for the reaction

⇒ \(q_V=\Delta U=\Sigma U_{\text {products }}-\Sigma U_{\text {reactants }}=\Sigma U_P-\Sigma U_R\)

where ΣUp = total internal energy of products and I UR = total internal energy of reactants.

∴ \(q_V=\Sigma U_p-\Sigma U_R=\left(c \bar{U}_C+d \bar{U}_D\right)-\left(a \bar{U}_A+b \bar{U}_B\right)\)

Where \(\bar{U}_A, \bar{U}_B, \bar{U}_C \text { and } \bar{U}_D\) die molar internal energies of A. B. Cand D, respectively. Thus, the heat of reaction for a reaction at constant temperature and volume is the difference between the total internal energy of tire products and the total internal energy of the reactants.

Example: \(\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{l})\)

For the above reaction, the heat of the reaction at a constant volume:

⇒ \(q_V=\left[\bar{U}\left(\mathrm{CO}_2, g\right)+2 \bar{U}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}, l\right)\right]-\left[\bar{U}\left(\mathrm{CH}_4, g\right)+2 \bar{U}\left(\mathrm{O}_2, g\right)\right]\)

Where \(\bar{U}\left(\mathrm{CO}_2, \mathrm{~g}\right), \bar{U}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}, l\right), \bar{U}\left(\mathrm{CH}_4, g\right) \text { and } \bar{U}\left(\mathrm{O}_2, g\right)\) are die molar internal energies of CO,(g), H2O(I), CH4(g) respectively.

Heat of reaction at constant pressure: The amount of heat absorbed or evolved in a reaction when the stoichiometric number of moles of reactants, indicated by a balanced chemical equation of the reaction, is completely converted into products at constant pressure and temperature is called the heat of reaction at constant pressure.

Heat of reaction at constant pressure Explanation: Let us consider a reaction that is occurring at constant temperature and pressure: aA + bB →+ cC + dD. According to the first law of thermodynamics, if a reaction occurs at constant pressure, then the heat change in the reaction is equal to the change in enthalpy of the system (provided only pressure-volume work is performed). Thus, qp = AH. Therefore, for the reaction,

⇒ \(q_P=\Delta H=\Sigma H_{\text {products }}-\Sigma H_{\text {reactants }}=\Sigma H_P-\Sigma H_R \text { ; }\)

where Hp = total enthalpy ofthe products and HR = total enthalpy of the reactants

∴ \(q_P=\Sigma H_P-\Sigma H_R=\left(c \bar{H}_C+d \bar{H}_D\right)-\left(a \bar{H}_A+b \bar{H}_B\right)\)

where, \(\bar{H}_A, \bar{H}_B, \bar{H}_C \text { and } \bar{H}_D\) are the molar enthalpies of A, B, C, and D, respectively.

Thus, for a reaction, the heat of the reaction at constant temperature and pressure is equal to the difference between the total enthalpy of products and the total enthalpy of reactants.

Example: For the Reaction, \(2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) the heat ofreaction at constant pressure is given by;

⇒ \(q_P=2 \bar{H}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}, l\right)-\left[2 \bar{H}\left(\mathrm{H}_2, \mathrm{~g}\right)+\bar{H}\left(\mathrm{O}_2, \mathrm{~g}\right)\right]\)

Where \(\bar{H}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}, l\right), \bar{H}\left(\mathrm{H}_2, \mathrm{~g}\right) \text { and } \bar{H}\left(\mathrm{O}_2, \mathrm{~g}\right)\) are the molar enthalpies of H2O(g) , H2(g) and O2(g) , respectively.

Relation between heat of reaction at constant volume [qv) and heat of reaction at constant pressure (qp)

If a reaction is carried out at a fixed pressure than the heat of the reaction, qp = change in enthalpy in the reaction, AH …[1] If the reaction is carried out at constant volume then the heat of the reaction, qv = change in internal energy in the reaction, AU

If the changes in internal energy and volume in a reaction occurring at constant pressure are AUp and AV, respectively, then according to the relation H = U + PV

⇒ \(\Delta H=\Delta U_P+\Delta(P V)=\Delta U_P+P \Delta V\)

[As pressure (P) is constant, Δ(PV) = PΔV

∴ \(q_P=\Delta H=\Delta U_P+P \Delta V\)

since qp=ΔH

Subtracting equation [2] from [3], we obtain

∴ \(q_P-q_V=\Delta U_P+P \Delta V-\Delta U=\left(\Delta U_P-\Delta U\right)+P \Delta V\)

At a particular temperature, the difference between AUp (change in internal energy at constant pressure) and AU (change in internal energy at constant volume) is very small. Therefore, it is considered that \(\Delta U_P \approx \Delta U.\)

In the case of solids and liquids: For reactions involving only solids and liquids, the change in volume (AV) of the reaction system is negligibly small. So, in such reactions, the heat of reaction at constant pressure (qp or AH) becomes equal to the heat of reaction at constant volume (qV or ΔU).

In case of gases: For a reaction involving gaseous substances [Example \(A(g)+B(g) \rightarrow C(g) \text { or } A(g)+B(g) \rightarrow C(I)\), or \(A(s) \rightarrow B(s)+C(g)\), etc.] the change in volume (A V) of the reaction system may be sufficiently high. We can determine the value of PA V as illustrated below— Let us consider a gaseous reaction that occurs at constant pressure (P) and temperature (T).

Suppose, n1 and V1 are the total number of moles and the total volume of the reactant gases, respectively, and n2 and IA, are the Here, total number of moles and the total volume of the product gases respectively. If the gases are assumed to behave ideally, then for gaseous reactants PV1 = n1RT., and gaseous products PV2 = n2RT.

∴ \(P\left(V_2-V_1\right)=\left(n_2-n_1\right) R T \text { or, } P \Delta V=\Delta n R T\)

Substituting A nRT for PAV into equation [4], we obtain \(q_p-q_V=\Delta n R T \text { and } \Delta H-\Delta U=\Delta n R T\)

∴ \(\left[\boldsymbol{q}_p=\boldsymbol{q}_V+\Delta n \| T\right] \text { and }[\Delta I=\Delta U+\Delta n \ RT] \cdot \cdot \cdot \cdot \cdot [5]\)

Using equation (5), ΔH (or qp) can be calculated from the known value of U (or Δv), and ΔU (or qV) can be calculated from the known value of AII (or ΔyU). If

Δn=0; ΔH=ΔU;Δn>0,ΔH>ΔU;Δn>0,ΔH<ΔU.

Chemical Thermodynamic Comparsion Between The Value Of H and U For Gaseous Reactions Having Different N Values

Standard State And Standard Reaction Enthalpy

Enthalpy change in a reaction depends on the conditions of temperature, pressure, and physical states of the reactants and products. To compare enthalpies of different reactions, we define a set of conditions called standard state, at which the values of AH for different reactions are calculated.

Standard State: The standard state ofa substance is defined as the most stable and purest state of that substance at the temperature of interest and atm pressure. In the definition of the standard state, temperature is not specified like pressure (1 atm). If the temperature is not mentioned, then 25 °C (298.15 K) is taken as a reference temperature. However, this does not mean 25 °C is the standard temperature. A pure substance can have different standard states depending on the temperature of interest, but in each of these states, the pressure is always 1 atm.

Examples: The standard state of liquid water at a particular temperature means H2O(Z) at that temperature and 1 atm pressure. The standard state of ice at a particular temperature means pure H20(s) at that temperature and atm pressure. The standard state of liquid ethanol at 25 °C means C2H5OH(l) at 25 °C and 1 atm pressure.

Standard enthalpy of reaction: The standard enthalpy change of a reaction is defined as the enthalpy change that occurs when the stoichiometric number of moles of reactants, indicated by the balanced chemical equation of the reaction, is completely converted into products at a particular temperature and l atm (i.e., at the standard state).

The standard enthalpy of reaction at a particular temperature ( T K) is denoted by \(\Delta H_T^0\). The superscript ‘0’ indicates the standard state, and the subscript T indicates the temperature in the Kelvin scale.

Exaplantion: \(\mathrm{C}_3 \mathrm{H}_8(\mathrm{~g})+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

For this reaction \(\Delta H_{2 \mathrm{qg}}^0=-2220 \mathrm{~kJ}\) indicating that at. 298 K temperature and atm pressure, if lmol of propane (C3Hs) and mol of O2 react completely to form 3 mol of CO, and 4 mol of water at the same temperature and pressure (i.e, 29S K and atm respectively), then 2220 kj of heat will be evolved. Alternatively, it can be said that at 298K temperature and 1 atm pressure, the change in enthalpy for the following reaction is =-2220 kj.

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|}
\hline 1 \underbrace{\text { mol pure } \mathrm{C}_3 \mathrm{H}_8(\mathrm{~g})+5 \mathrm{~mol} \text { pure } \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})} \\
\hline 298 \mathrm{~K} \text { and } 1 \mathrm{~atm} \\
\hline \downarrow-2220 \mathrm{~kJ} \text { (heat) } \\
\hline \underbrace{3 \mathrm{~mol} \text { pure } \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+4 \mathrm{~mol} \text { pure } \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)} \\
\hline 298 \mathrm{~K} \text { and } 1 \mathrm{~atm} \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

Factors affecting the reaction enthalpy

Physical states of reactants and products: During the change of physical states of a substance (like solid, solid→ liquid, liquid→ vapor, etc.) heat is either absorbed or evolved. Thus, the value of the heat of the reaction or enthalpy of the reaction depends upon the physical states ofthe reactants and products. For example, in the following two reactions, due to the different physical states ofthe products, the values ofthe heat of the reaction are different.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H=-571.6 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) ; \Delta H=-483.6 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Condition under which the reaction is conducted: At a particular temperature, a chemical reaction can be conducted either at constant pressure or at constant volume. If a reaction occurs at constant pressure, then the heat of reaction (qp) \(=H_{\text {product }}-H_{\text {reactant }}=\Delta H\)

occurs at constant volume, then the heat of reaction (<7v’) — The relation between AH and AH is AH = AH + PAV The quantity PAV indicates pressure-volume work. So, the difference between AH and AH is equal to the pressure-volume work involved during the reaction.

If the volume of the reacting system remains fixed (AV = 0), then pressure-volume work = 0 and ΔH = AH.

If the volume ofthe reacting system changes (ΔV=0), then, the pressure-volume work, PΔV≠0 and ΔH≠ΔU.

Allotropic forms of the reacting elements: As the different allotropic forms have different enthalpies, the value of reaction enthalpy depends upon the allotropic forms of the reactants. For example, the enthalpies of the reaction are different for the oxidation of graphite and diamond (two allotropic forms of carbon) \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(\text { graphitè, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \mathrm{C}(\text { diamond, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g) ; \Delta H=-395.4 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Amount of the reactants: As enthalpy is an extensive property, the magnitude of enthalpy change in a reaction (AH) is proportional to the amount of reactants undergoing the reaction. For example, in the reactions given below, the magnitude of AH (reaction enthalpy) for the reaction [2] is twice that for the reaction [1], This is because the total number of moles of reactants in the reaction [2] is twice as many as that in the reaction [1]

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ll}
\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l), \Delta H=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} & \cdots[1] \\
2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l), \Delta H=-571.6 \mathrm{~kJ} & \cdots[2]
\end{array}\)

Temperature: Temperature has a significant effect on the reaction enthalpy of a reaction. The extent of temperature dependence of the reaction enthalpy depends on the nature of the reaction.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. The value of AH for the given reaction at 298K is — 282.85 kj. mol-1 . Calculate the change in internal energy: \(\mathrm{CO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)
Answer: We know, AH = AH + AnRT where, An = (total number of moles of the gaseous products) — (total number of moles of the gaseous reactants)

For the given reaction, ,\(\Delta n=1-\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right)=-\frac{1}{2}\)

As per given data, AH = -282.85 kj-mol-1 & T = 298 K

∴ \(-282.85=\Delta U+\left[\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right) \times 8.314 \times 10^{-3} \times 298\right]\)

∴ \(\Delta U=-281.61 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 2. The bond energy of a diatomic molecule IN given as the change in internal energy due to dissociation of that molecule. Calculate the bond energy of O2. Given: \(\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H=498.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}, T=298 \mathrm{~K}\)
Answer: In the dissociation reaction of O2 molecules, ΔΔn = 2-1 = 1.

We know, ΔH = A U + ΔnRT

As given, ΔH = 498.3 kj.mol-1 , T = 298 K

∴ \(498.3=\Delta U+\left(1 \times 8.314 \times 10^{-3} \times 298\right)\)

or, ΔU= 495.8J

∴ Bond energy of O2 molecule = 495.8 kj.mol-1

Question 3. Calculate the values of ΔH and ΔH in the vaporization of 90 g of water at 100°C and 1 atm pressure. The latent heat of vaporization of water at the same temperature and pressure = 540 cal g-1.
Answer: \(90 \mathrm{~g} \text { of water }=\frac{90}{18}=5 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of water. }\)

Vaporisation of water: \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\)

Therefore, in the vaporization of1 mol of water, An = +1.

Hence, for the vaporization of 5 mol water, Δn = +5.

So, the amount of heat required to vaporize 90 g (5 mol) of water =540 x 90 = 48600 cal.

As the vaporization process occurs at constant pressure (1 atm), the heat absorbed = enthalpy change.

∴ The change in enthalpy in the vaporization of 90g of water, ΔH = 48600 cal

∴ The change in internal energy in the vaporization of 90gofwater, ΔH = ΔH-AnRT

= 48600- 5 X 1.987 X (273 + 100) = 44894.24 cal .

Question 4. Assuming the reactant and product gases obey its ideal gas law, calculate the change in internal energy (AE) at 27°C for the given reaction:
Answer: \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ;\)

In tlui rimdlon, Δn= 2-1=1.

We know, ΔH=ΔU+ΔuRT

As given, ΔH = 498.3 kj. mol-1 , T = 298 K

∴ 498.3 = AH + (1 X 8.314 x 10-3x 298) or, ΔH = 495.8 kj

The bond energy of the O2 molecule = 495.8 kj.mol-1.

In the reaction , Δn=2- (1 + 3)= -2

we know ΔH+ ΔnRT

Or-337= ΔU-2×1.987×10-3×300 or, ΔU =-335.8kcal

Various Types Of Heat Of Reaction Or Enthalpy Of Reaction

Heat or enthalpy of the formation of a compound

Heat or enthalpy of the formation of a compound Definiton: At a given temperature and pressure, the enthalpy of formation of a compound is defined as the enthalpy change for the reaction in which one mole of the compound is formed from its constituent elements

The enthalpy of formation of a compound is denoted by the symbol ΔHf, where subscript ‘f’ stands for formation. To compare the enthalpy of formation for different compounds, the enthalpy of formation at a standard state is calculated for the compounds. The enthalpy of formation for any compound in the standard state is known as the standard enthalpy of formation of that compound.

Standard enthalpy of formation: The standard enthalpy of formation of a compound is defined as the change in enthalpy for the reaction in which one mole of the compound in its standard state (i.e., at a particular temperature and 1 atm pressure) is produced from its constituent elements in their standard states

The standard enthalpy of formation for any compound is denoted by \(\Delta H_f^0\), where subscript ‘f’ stands for formation and superscript ‘0’ indicates the standard state. The value of \(\Delta H_f^0\) may be positive or negative

In the thermochemical equation representing the formation reaction of a compound, one mole of the compound is formed. For this reason, the unit of ΔH0f is expressed in kJ.mol-1 (or J.moI-1) or kcal.mol-1 (or cal. mol-1 ).

Example: \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H_f^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Generally, the standard enthalpy of formation \(\Delta H_f^0\) of a compound is quoted at 25°C (or 298 K). If temperature is not mentioned, then 25°C temperature is to be considered. At a given temperature, the standard state of an element or a compound is the most stable and purest state of that element or compound at 1 atm pressure and at that temperature. The most stable forms of some elements at 25°C and 1 atm are given below.

  1. Dihydrogen: H2(g)
  2. Dioxygen: O2(g)
  3. Dinitrogen: N2(g)
  4. Sodium: Na(s)
  5. Chlorine molecule: Cl2(g)
  6. Bromine molecule: Br2(Z)
  7. Iodine molecule: I2(s)
  8. Carbon: C (graphite, s)
  9. Sulfur: S (rhombic, s), etc.

The constituent elements of a compound must be present in their standard states in the equation representing the formation reaction of the compound.

At 25° nC, the standard enthalpy of formation of water =-205.8kI.mol-1: At 25 °C and 1 atm, the heat evolved due to the formation of 1 mol of H2O(/) from the reaction between 1 mol of H2(g) and 1/2 mol of O2(g) is 285.8 kj. Alternatively, it can be said that the change in enthalpy of the given reaction at 25 °C and 1 atm is -285.8 kj

⇒ \(\underbrace{\mathrm{H}_2(g)+5^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \& 1 \mathrm{~atm}}_{25^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \& 1 \mathrm{~atm}} \underbrace{\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})} \rightarrow \Delta H_f^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

At 25°C, The standard enthalpy of formation of nitric acids \([\mathrm{NO}(g)]=+90.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\) At 25°C and 1 atm, the heat evolved due to the formation of 1 mol of NO(g) from the reaction between 1/2 mol of N2(g) and 1/2 mol of 02(g) is 90.3kJ. mol-1 . Alternatively, it is said that the change in enthalpy of the following reaction at 25°C and I atm is +90.3 kj.

⇒ \(\underbrace{\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g)}_{25^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \& 1 \mathrm{~atm}} \rightarrow \underbrace{\mathrm{NO}(g)}_{25^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \& 1 \mathrm{~atm}} ; \Delta H_f^0=+90.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Important points about standard enthalpy of formation:

The standard enthalpy of formation of a compound is not always equal to the value of AH° indicated in the thermochemical equation representing the reaction in which the compound in its standard state is formed from its stable constituent elements in their standard states.

Explanation: At 25°C and 1 atm, two chemical equations for the formation of H2O(Z) from their stable constituent elements H2(g) and O2(g) are given below.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-571.6 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

The AH° in equation [1] indicates the standard enthalpy of the formation of H2O(Z) because, in this reaction, one mole of H2O(l) is formed from its stable constituent elements H2(g) and O2(g). On the other hand, in equation [2], two moles of H2O(Z) are formed from the stable constituent elements H2(g) and O2(g).

Thus, according to the definition of the enthalpy of formation, the value of AH° from equation [2] does not indicate the standard enthalpy of formation of H2O(Z).

The standard enthalpies of formation of all elements in their standard states are conventionally taken as zero. In the case of an element having different allotropes, the standard enthalpy of formation of the most stable allotropes form in the standard state is considered zero.

Explanation: The most stable forms of hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sodium, etc. at 25 °C and 1 atm are H2(g), O2(g), N2(g), Na(s), etc. Thus, the standard enthalpies of formation of H2(g), O2(g), N2(g), Na(s), etc. are zero.

According to the definition, at 25°C and 1at, the standard enthalpy of formation of hydrogen is the same as the standard enthalpy change ofthe following reaction \(\mathrm{H}_2\left(\mathrm{~g}, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm}\right) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2\left(\mathrm{~g}, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm}\right)\)

No change has occurred in this process. Hence AH0 = 0. Therefore, at 25°C, for hydrogen \(\Delta H_f^0=0\). For the same reason \(\Delta H_f^0\) is zero for N2(g), O2(g), etc. Diamond and graphite are the two allotropic forms of solid carbon. Between these two forms, graphite is the most stable form at 25°C and 1 atm. Thus the standard enthalpy of formation \(\Delta H_f^0\) of solid graphite [C (graphite, s)] at 25°C is zero. But, for diamond [C (diamond, s)], at 25°C \(\Delta H_f^0 \neq 0\) At 25°C, the standard enthalpy of formation of diamond \(\Delta H_f^0 \neq 0\) is equal to the standard enthalpy of reaction for the following change \(\left.\mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm}\right) \longrightarrow \mathrm{C} \text { (diamond, } s, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm} \text { ) }\) In this transformaton, AH° = +1.9kJ. Hence, the standard enthalpy of formation of diamond, \(\Delta H_f^0\) =+1.9kJ.

The most stable form of sulfur at 25°C and 1 atm is solid rhombic sulfur [S (rhombic,s)]. Thus, at 25°C, \(\Delta H_f^0\) for rhombic sulphur is zero.

Determination of the standard enthalpy of reaction (AH0) from the value of the standard enthalpy of formation \(\left(\Delta H_f^0\right)\): At a particular temperature, the standard reaction enthalpy ofa reaction (AH0) = total enthalpy of formation of the products – total enthalpy of formation of the reactants at the same temperature.

∴ \(\Delta H^0=\sum n_i \Delta H_{f, i}^0-\sum n_j \Delta H_{f, j}^0\)

Where \(\Delta H_{f, i}^0\) and \(\Delta H_{f, i}^0\) are the standard enthalpies of formation of i -th product and j -th reactant, respectively, and nt and nj are the number of moles of i -th product and 7 -th reactant respectively in a balanced chemical equation.

Chemical Thermodynamic The standard Heat of Formation Of Some Compounds.

Heat of combustion or enthalpy of combustion

Heat of combustion or enthalpy of combustion Definition: At a Particular temperature and pressure, the change in enthalpy associated with the complete combustion of1 mol of a substance above oxygen is termed the enthalpy of combustion of the substance at that temperature and pressure.

Generally, the enthalpy of combustion is denoted by AHc.

Standard enthalpy Of combustion: The standard enthalpy of combustion of a substance is defined as the enthalpy change for the reaction in which one mole of the substance is completely burnt in oxygen when all the reactants and products are in their standard states.

The standard enthalpy of combustion is denoted by A. As the combustion reactions are exothermic, the values ofthe enthalpy of combustion are always negative.

Examples: The thermochemical equations of the combustion of some substances (elements or compounds) at 25°C and 1 atm pressure are given below.

Combustion of graphite:

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{s}, \text { graphite })+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H_c^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Equation: Also indicates the formation reaction of CO2(g). So, the standard enthalpy of combustion of graphite is the same as the standard enthalpy of formation of CO2(g).

Combustion of methane:

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H_c^0=-890 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Combustion of sucrose:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}(\mathrm{~s})+12 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 12 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+11 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H_c^0=-5644 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

At 25°c, the standard enthalpy cf of C4H10(g) is -2878 kj. mol-1: This means that at 25°C and 1 atm pressure when 1 mol of C4H10(g) is completely burnt in the presence of oxygen according to the following reaction, 2878 kj of heat is released.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}_4 \mathrm{H}_{10}\left(\mathrm{~g}, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm}\right)+\frac{13}{2} \mathrm{O}_2\left(\mathrm{~g}, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm}\right) \\
4 \mathrm{CO}_2\left(\mathrm{~g}, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm}\right)+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\left(\mathrm{l}, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, 1 \mathrm{~atm}\right)
\end{aligned}\)

Chemical Thermodynamic The standard Heat of Formation Of Some Compounds 25C

Applications of the enthalpy of combustion:

Calculation of the enthalpy of formation: The enthalpy of formation of many substances cannot be directly measured; for example, CH4 cannot be directly prepared from its constituent elements by the reaction: \(\mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g}) \text {. }\)
Similarly, glucose is not formed by the reaction: \(\mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+6 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+3 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(\mathrm{~s})\) The determination of heat (or enthalpy) of formation of such types of compounds is possible from the known values ofthe heats of combustion different substances.

Example: Calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of CH4(g). Given: The standard heat of combustion of CH4 =- 890 kj.mol-1 and the standard heat of formation of H2O(J) and CO2(g) -285.8 kj.mol-1 and -393.5 kj. mol-1, respectively.
Solution: The thermochemical equation for the combustion of \(\mathrm{CH}_4 \text { is } \mathrm{CH}_4(g)+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \text {, }\) \(\Delta H_c^0=-890 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[1]\)

The formation reactions for H2O(1) and CO2(g) are \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l),\) \(\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \quad \cdots[2]\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right]=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \quad \cdots[3]
\end{aligned}\)

The formation reactions for CH4(g) is \(\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})\)

To obtain equation [4], we can write equation [3] + 2 x equation [2]- equation [1]. This given \(\Delta H^0=\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{CO}_2(g)\right]+2 \times\left(\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]\right)-\Delta H_c^0\)

=[- 393.5 + 2(-285.8)- (-890)] kj = -75.1kJ ….[4]

Thus, the standard heat of formation of CH4(g) =-75.1 kj-mol-1.

Fuel efficiency: Based on the data of heat of combustion of various fuels (For example coal, kerosene, petrol, etc.), the efficiency of each fuel with the same amount, the one that liberates a larger amount of heat on considered to be a better fuel.

So, the heat of combustion is very important regarding the selection ofa fuel. The amount of heat produced due to the combustion of l g of a fuel is known as the calorific value of that fuel.

Determination of calorific value of foods: Energy is obtained by the oxidation of carbohydrates and fats present in the food that we consume. These carbohydrates and fats are oxidized into CO4 and H2O along with the liberation of heat This heat of combustion maintains our body temperature and the strength ofthe muscle.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(\mathrm{~s})+6 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-2808 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

The amount of heat liberated in the combustion (or oxidation) of 1 g of an edible substance (food) is known as the calorific value of that food. Based on this calorific value, we can easily prepare a balanced food chart. As the calorific values of fats are high, thus in cold countries, foods containing fats are consumed in larger quantities.

Chemical Thermodynamic Claorific Values Of Some Common Food And Fuels

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Calculate the standard enthalpy of reaction at 25 temperature for the following reaction: \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) Given: The standard enthalpy of formation of C6H6(f), CO2(l) and H2O(l) -393.5 kj.moH and -285.8 kj. mol-1 respectively.
Answer: \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

The standard heat of reaction for this reaction is

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta H^0=6 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right] & +3 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right] \\
& -1 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)\right]-\frac{15}{2} \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =6 \times(-393.5)+3 \times(-285.8)-1 \times(49.0)-\frac{15}{2} \times 0 \\
& =-3267.4 \mathrm{~kJ}\left[\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right]=0\right]
\end{aligned}\)

Question 2. Calculate standard enthalpy of reaction at 25°C for the reaction: \(\mathrm{CCl}_4(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+4 \mathrm{HCl}(g) .\) Given: The standard heat of formation of CCl4(g) , H2O(g), CO2(g) and HCl(g) are -25.5, -57.8, -94.1 and -22.1 kcal-mol-1 .
Answer: The standard heat of reaction for the given reaction,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta H^0=\Delta H_f^0[ & \left.\mathrm{CO}_2(g)\right]+4 \times \Delta H_f^0[\mathrm{HCl}(g)] \\
& -\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{CCl}_4(g)\right]-2 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\right] \\
= & -94.1+4 \times(-22.1)-(-25.5)-2 \times(-57.8) \\
= & -41.4 \mathrm{kcal}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{l}) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-890 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Reversing equation [1], we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 3 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{H}(l)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \\
& \Delta H^0=+1368 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[4]
\end{aligned}\)

Dividing each of equations [2] and [3] by 2, we obtain

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-1300 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[5] \\
& \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-283 \mathrm{~kJ} \quad \cdots[6]
\end{aligned}\)

Adding equations [4], [5] and [6], we obtain, \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{CO}_2 \mathrm{H}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=[1368+(-1300)+(-283)] \mathrm{kJ}=-215 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ ΔHO for the given reaction =-215 kJ.

Question 3. Calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of CgHg(l) at 25°C temperature using the given data
Answer: Reaction to the formation of C6H6(l):

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{C}(s \text {, graphite })+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l) \\
& \text { Given: } \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \text {; }
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta H^0 & =-781 \mathrm{kcal} \\
\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0 & =-68.32 \mathrm{kcal}
\end{aligned}\)

C(s, graphite) + O2(g)→ CO2(g); AH° = -94.04 kcal [3]

Reversing equation [1], we obtain

⇒ \(\begin{array}{r}
6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\Delta H^0=+781 \mathrm{kcal}
\end{array}\)

Multiplying equation [2] by 3 & equation [3] by 6, we get

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-204.96 \mathrm{kcal} \quad \cdots[5]\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { and } 6 \mathrm{C}(s, \text { graphite })+6 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-564.25 \mathrm{kcal}
\end{aligned}\)

Now adding equations [4], [5] and [6], we obtain

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(s, \text { graphite })+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l) \\
& \Delta H^0=+781+(-204.96)+(-564.24)=+11.8 \mathrm{kcal} \cdots[7]
\end{aligned}\)

Equation [7] indicates a thermochemical equation for the formation of C6H6(Z) at the standard state. Therefore, the standard heat of formation of C6H6(Z) =+ 11.8 kcal.mol-1

Question 4. At 25°C temperature, the heat of combustion of sucrose, carbon, and hydrogen is -5644 kj. mol-1 , -393.5 kj.mol-1 & -285.8 kj – moM respectively. Determine the heat of the formation of sucrose at 25°C.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}(\mathrm{~s})+12 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 12 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+11 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-5644 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[1]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[2] \\
\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{l}) ; \Delta H^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[3]
\end{aligned}\)

The formation reaction of sucrose: \(12 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+11 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{11}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}(s)\)

Reversing Equation [1], we get

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 12 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+11 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}(\mathrm{~s})+12 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=+5644 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[4]
\end{aligned}\)

Multiplying equation [2] by 12 and equation [3] by 11.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
12 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+12 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) & \rightarrow 12 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
\Delta H^0 & =12 \times(-393.5)=-4722 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[5]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
11 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{11}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) & \rightarrow 11 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H^0 & =11 \times(-285.8)=-3143.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[6]
\end{aligned}\)

By adding equations [4], [5] and [6] and their corresponding AH° values, we obtain

⇒ \(12 \mathrm{C}(s, \text { graphite })+11 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{11}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}(s)\)

∴ \(\Delta H^0=+5644+(-4722)+(-3143.8)=-2221.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[7]\)

Equation [7] indicates, the thermochemical equation for the formation of C12H22Ou(s) at standard conditions. Therefore, the standard enthalpy of formation of \(\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}(\mathrm{~s})=-2221.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 5. At 25°C temperature, the standard heat of formation of CH4(g), CO2(g) and H2O(g) are -74.8kJ.mol-1 , -393.5kJ.mol-1 & -241.6kJ.mol-1 respectively. How much heat will be evolved during combustion of lm3 CH4(g) at 25°C temperature and 1 atm pressure? Consider CH4(g) behaves like an ideal gas
Answer: Combustion reaction of CH4(g) is given by: \(\mathrm{CH}_4(g)+2 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

∴ Standard heat of combustion of CH4(g) \(\begin{gathered}
\Delta H_c^0=\left[1 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{CO}_2(g)\right]+2 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]\right] \\
-\left[1 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})\right]+2 \times \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right]\right] \\
=-393.5+2 \times(-241.6)-1 \times(-74.8)+2 \times 0=-801.9 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{gathered}\)

since In standard state for stable and pure element \(\left.\Delta H_f^0=0 \text {; thus, } \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right]=0\right)\)

lm3 CH4(g) = 103L CH4(g)

Number of moles of 103L CH4(g) at 25°C and 1 atm pressure \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 10^3}{0.0821 \times 298}=40.87\) \(\text { pressure, } n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 10^3}{0.0821 \times 298}=40.87\)

∴ Heat evolved in combustion = 40.87 x 801.9 = 32773.6 kj

Question 6. Calculate the value of enthalpy of combustion of cyclopropane at 25°C and 1 atm pressure. Given: Standard enthalpy of formation of CO2(g), H2O(I) & propene (g) at 25°C are -393.5 kj-mol-, -285.8 kj.mol-1 & 20.4 kj.mol-1 respectively. Also, the standard enthalpy change for isomerization reaction: Cyclopropane(g)y=yPropene(g) is -33.0kJ.mol-1.
Answer: Given: \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) & \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
\Delta H_f^0 & =-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[1]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H_f^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[2]\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
&3 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_3 \mathrm{H}_6(\mathrm{~g}) \text { (propene); } \\
& \Delta H_f^0=+20.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \ldots[3]
\end{aligned}\)

Reversing equation [3], we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \left.\mathrm{C}_3 \mathrm{H}_6 \text { (propene, } g\right) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) ; \\
& \Delta H_f^0=-20.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[5]
\end{aligned}\) \begin{aligned}
& \left.\mathrm{C}_3 \mathrm{H}_6 \text { (propene, } g\right) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) ; \\
& \Delta H_f^0=-20.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdots[5]
\end{aligned}

Multiplying equations [1] and [2] by 3, we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 3 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \text {; } \\
& \Delta H^0=-1180.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[6] \\
& 3 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-857.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-857.4 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Adding equations [4], [5], [6] and [7] we obtain,

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\left.\mathrm{C}_3 \mathrm{H}_6 \text { (cyclopropane, } g\right)+\frac{9}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
\Delta H^0=-33+(-20.4)+(-1180.5)+(-857.4)=-2091.3 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{gathered}\)

So, the standard enthalpy of combustion of lmol cyclopropane (g) at 25°C and 1 atm pressure = -2091.3 kj.mol-1.

Question 7. At 25°C, the heat evolved due to the complete combustion of 7.8g of C6H6(Z) is 326.4 kj. Calculate the heat evolved due to complete combustion of the same amount of CgHg(/) at the same temperature and constant pressure of 1 atm.
Answer: 7.8 \(\mathrm{~g} \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6=\frac{7.8}{78}=0.1 \mathrm{~mol}\left[ \mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6}=78\right]\)

The combustion reaction of C6H6(Z):

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \cdot \cdot\cdot\cdot\cdot [1]\)

∴ \(\Delta n=6-\frac{15}{2}=-\frac{3}{2}\)

From the given information, the heat evolved in complete combustion of 7.8 g or 0.1 mol of C6H6(Z) at 25°C temperature and at constant volume =-326.4 kj.

Therefore, at 25°C and constant volume, the heat evolved due to the complete combustion of lmol C6H6(Z) =-30264 kj.

Now, the heat of reaction at constant volume = ΔU.

∴ ΔU = -3264 kj.mol-1

Again we know, ΔH = ΔU + ΔnRT

For reaction [1]

⇒ \(\Delta H=\left[-3264+\left(-\frac{3}{2}\right) \times\left(8.314 \times 10^{-3}\right)(298)\right]=3267.71 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Therefore, at 25°C and 1 atm pressure, the heat evolved due to the complete combustion of1 mol C6H6(l) =-3267.71kj.

∴ At 25°C and 1 atm pressure, the heat evolved due to complete combustion of 7.8 g or 0.1 mol of C6H6(l) =- 326.771 kj.

Enthalpy change due to phase transition

A physical process in which a substance undergoes a change from one physical state to another, but its chemical identity remains the same is called phase transition.

Chemical Thermodynamic Phase Change In different Physical Processes

Fusion, sublimation, and vaporization are endothermic processes. So, these processes involve the absorption of heat. On the other hand, solidification, condensation, and deposition are exothermic processes, involving the evolution of heat.

Enthalpy of fusion:

Enthalpy of fusion Definition: At constant pressure, the amount of heat required by one mole of a solid substance for its complete liquefaction at its melting point is called the enthalpy of fusion of that solid.

The enthalpy of fusion of a substance is the same as its molar latent heat of fusion. As fusion is an endothermic process, the value of enthalpy of fusion of a substance is positive.

Example: Heat absorbed during the transformation of 1 mole of ice into 1 mole of water at 0°C is 6.02 kj. Therefore, the enthalpy of fusion of ice at 0°C and 1 atm pressure,

Significance of the enthalpy of fusion: The enthalpy of fusion (AHfus) of a solid substance is a measure of the interparticle forces of attraction in the solid. The stronger the interparticle forces of attraction in a solid, the larger the value of its \(\Delta H_{\text {fus }}\). The interparticle forces ofattraction in ionic solids [like— NaCl, MgCl2, etc.] are stronger than those in the molecular solids [like ice, I2(s) etc.]. This is why the values of ionic solids are found to be greater than those of molecular solids.

For example, the values of \(\Delta H_{f u s}\) for Nacl, which is an ionic solid, is +28.8kJ. mol-1 where for .ice, which is a molecular solid it is +6.02kj. mol-1.

Solidification or freezing is the reverse process of fusion because during solidification liquid phase is transformed into the solid phase, while the solid phase is transformed into the liquid phase during the fusion process. Hence, at a particular temperature and pressure, the enthalpy of solidification ofa substance =(-) its enthalpy of fusion. For example, at 0°C temperature and 1 atm pressure, the enthalpy of fusion of ice = + 6.02 kj.mol-1 and the enthalpy of solidification of water = -6.02kj. mol-1

Enthalpy of vaporisation:

Enthalpy of vaporization Definition: At constant pressure, the amount of heat required for the complete vaporization of 1 mole of a liquid at its boiling point is termed the enthalpy of vaporization of that liquid.

The enthalpy of vaporization of a liquid is the same as its molar latent heat of vaporization. The enthalpy of vaporization is a positive quantity because vaporization is an endothermic process.

Example: At 100°C and 1 atm pressure, 40.4 kj of heat is required to completely convert 1 mol of water into 1 mol of water vapor. Thus, at 100°C and 1 atm, the enthalpy of vaporization of water \(\left(\Delta H_{\text {vap }}\right)=+40.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\text { vap }), \Delta H_{v a p}=+40.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Significance of the enthalpy of vaporization: The value of the enthalpy of vaporization of a liquid is a measure of the intermolecular forces of attraction in the liquid. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction the larger the values of ΔHvap. For example, ΔHvap for water is +40.4 kj.mol-1, while that for benzene is +30.5 kj.mol-1, indicating that the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in water than in benzene. Thus, the amount of heat required to vaporize 1 mol of benzene is less than that required to vaporize 1 mol of water.

Condensation is die reverse process of vaporisation because during condensation vapour phase transforms into a liquid phase whereas during vaporisation liquid phase
transforms into a vapor phase. Thus, the magnitude of the enthalpy of vaporization \(\left(\Delta H_{\text {vap }}\right)\) and enthalpy of condensation \(\left(\Delta H_{\text {condensation }}\right)\) are the same but the opposite in sign ., i., e ΔH For example: At 100°C temperature and 1 atm pressure, for water ⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta H_{\text {vap }}=+40.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \text { and } \\
& \Delta H_{\text {condensation }}=-40.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Enthalpy of sublimation:

Enthalpy of sublimation Definition: Enthalpy of sublimation is defined as the amount of heat required by lmol of a solid substance for its complete vaporization at a given condition of temperature and pressure.

The value of the enthalpy of sublimation is always positive because sublimation is an endothermic process.

Example: At ordinary temperature and pressure, 62.3 kj heat is required to convert 1 mol of solid I2 to I2 vapor. Thus, at ordinary temperature and pressure, the enthalpy of sublimation of iodine \(\left(\Delta H_{s u b}\right)=+62.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

As the enthalpy is a state function, the change in enthalpy in the following two processes (1 and 2) will be the same.

⇒ \(\text { (I) Solid } \xrightarrow{\Delta H_{\text {sub }}} \text { Vapour, (II) Solid } \xrightarrow{\Delta H_{\text {fus }}} \text { Liquid } \xrightarrow{\Delta H_{\text {vap }}} \text { Vapour }\)

The total change in enthalpy \(=\Delta H_{\text {fus }}+\Delta H_{\text {vap }}\)

Chemical Thermodynamic Enthalpy Of Fusion And Vaporisation Of Some Substances

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Calculate The enthalpy change in the fusion of 100 g ice at 0°C temperature and 1 atm pressure The enthalpy change in the vaporization of 10 g water at 100°C temperature and 1 atm pressure. Given: Latent heat of ice at 0°C temperature and 1 atm pressure = 6.02 kJ.mol-1 and latent heat of vaporisation of water at 100°C temperature = 40.4 kj.mol-1
Answer: Latent heat of fusion of ice at 0°C temperature and 1 atm pressure = 6.02 kj. mol-1. Therefore, the enthalpy of fusion of 18g ice = 6.02 kj.

∴ Enthalpy of fusion 100 ice \(=\frac{6.02}{18} \times 100=33.44 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

∴ Change in enthalpy of fusion of 100 g ice = + 33.44 kj

Latent heat of vaporization of water at 100°C = 40.4 kj. mol-1 . Therefore, the enthalpy of vaporization of 18g water = 40.4 kj

∴ Enthalpy of vapourisation of 10g water \(=\frac{40.4}{18} \times 10=22.44 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Question 2. The heat required to completely vaporize 7.8 g of benzene at 1 atm pressure and 80°C temperature (boiling point of benzene) is 3.08 kj. What is the value of the enthalpy of vaporization of benzene? What will be the change in enthalpy if 54.6 g of benzene vapor is condensed at 1 atm pressure and 80°C temperature?
Answer: \(7.8 \mathrm{~g} \text { benzene }=\frac{7.8}{78}=0.1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { benzene }\) since \(\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6}=78\)

∴ Change in enthalpy of fusion of100 g ice = + 33.44 kj

∴ Latent heat of vaporization of water at 100°C = 40.4 kj.mol-1. Therefore, the enthalpy of vaporization of18g water = 40.4 kj

∴ Enthalpy of vapourisation of 10g water \(=\frac{40.4}{18} \times 10=22.44 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Question 2. The heat required to completely vaporize 7.8 g of benzene at 1 atm pressure and 80°C temperature (boiling point of benzene) is 3.08 kj. What is the value of the enthalpy of vaporization of benzene? What will be the change in enthalpy if 54.6 g of benzene vapor is condensed at 1 atm pressure and 80°C temperature?
Answer: \(7.8 \mathrm{~g} \text { benzene }=\frac{7.8}{78}=0.1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { benzene }\)

First part: As per the given data, the heat required for complete vaporization of 0.1 mol of benzene at 1 atm pressure and 80°C temperature is 3.08 kj. So, at the same temperature and pressure, the heat required for complete vaporization of1 mol of benzene is 30.8 kj.

Hence, according to the definition, enthalpy of vaporization of benzene at atm pressure and 80°C temperature = + 30.8 kj.

Second part: 54.6g of benzene \(=\frac{54.6}{78}=0.7 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Therefore, enthalpy of vaporization of 0.7 mol benzene at 1 atm pressure and \(80^{\circ} \mathrm{C}=\frac{0.7 \times(+3.08)}{0.1}=+21.56 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

1 atm pressure and 80°C \(=\frac{0.7 \times(+3.08)}{0.1}=+21.56 \mathrm{~kJ} \text {. }\)

Again, enthalpy of condensation =(-) enthalpy of vaporization. So, the change in enthalpy of condensation of 54.6g benzene at 1 atm pressure and 80°C temperature =-21.56 kf.

Heat or enthalpy of neutralization

Heat or enthalpy of neutralization Definition: The change in enthalpy that occurs when 1 gram equivalent of an acid is completely neutralized by 1 gram equivalent of a base or vice-versa in a dilute solution at a particular temperature is called the enthalpy (or heat) of neutralization.

The change in enthalpy that occurs when 1 mol of H+ ions reacts completely with lmol of OH- ions in a dilute solution to form 1 mol water at a particular temperature is known as the enthalpy (or heat) of neutralization.

The enthalpy of neutralization is denoted as AHN, where subscript TV ‘indicates ‘neutralization’.

Neutralization of strong acid and strong base: if both the acid and base are strong, then the value of heat of neutralization constant, is found to be almost and this value is -57.3 kj.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\text { Examples: } \mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{NaOH}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H_N=-57.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
\mathrm{HNO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{KOH}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{KNO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H_N=-57.3 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{gathered}\)

Explanation: Consider the neutralization reaction involving HC1 and NaOH in a dilute aqueous solution. \(\mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{NaOH}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) As HC1, NaOH and NaCl all are strong electrolytes, they completely dissociate in aqueous solution.

Hence, the above neutralization reaction can be written as:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \longrightarrow \\
\mathrm{Na}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{array}\)

Cancelling the species that appear on both sides, we have

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Therefore, the neutralisation of strong acid and strong base is essentially, the combination of H+ ions and OH- ions to form water. This is the only reaction that occurs during the neutralization of strong acid and strong base.

This is why the heat of neutralization of all strong acids and strong bases is virtually constant and equal to -57.3 kj.mol-1

Neutralization of a strong acid by the weak base, weak acid by the strong base, and weak acid by weak base: if either acid or base is weak or both are weak, then the heat of neutralization value will be different in each case

Examples: \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}(a q)+\mathrm{NaOH}(a q) \longrightarrow \\
& \quad \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COONa}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H_N=-55.9 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{HCN}(a q)+\mathrm{NaOH}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCN}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
\Delta H_N=-12.1 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Explanation: A weak acid or weak base partially ionizes in aqueous solution. The ionization of a weak acid or base keeps on going during its neutralization process. Heat is absorbed in the ionization process. A part of the heat evolved during the reaction between H+ and OH- ions is utilized for the ionization of weak acid or weak base.

Hence, the value of heat of neutralization of strong acid and strong base is numerically greater than that associated with a neutralization process in which either acid or base or both are weak.

As the heats of ionization of different weak acids or weak bases are different, the value of the heat of neutralization of a weak acid by a strong base is different for a different weak acid. Similarly, the heat to be liberated in the neutralization of a weak base by a strong acid depends on the nature ofthe weak base.

In an acid-base neutralization, if the acid or base is weak, then the heat of neutralization = the heat of ionization of the weak acid (or weak base) + the heat of reaction for the reaction;\(\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]\) Using this equation the heat of ionization of the weak acid or weak base can be determined.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Determine the heat of neutralization for the following neutralization reactions: 100 mL of 0.2 (M) HCl solution is mixed with 200 mL of 0.15 (M) NaOH solution. 200 mL of 0.4 (M) H2SO4 solution is mixed with 300 mL of 0.2 (M) KOH solution.
Answer: The amount of HCI in 100 mL of 0.2 (M) HCI solution \(=\frac{0.2}{1000} \times 100=0.02\) mol and the amount of NaOH in 200 of 0.15 (M) NaOH solution \(=\frac{0.15}{1000} \times 200=0.03 \mathrm{~mol}.\) 0.02 mol of H+ ions are produced in the ionization of 0.02 (M) aqueous HCl solution & 0.03 mol OH ions are produced in the ionization of0.03(M) aqueous NaOH solution.

Therefore, if 100 mL of 0.2 (M) HC1 is mixed with 200 mL of 0.15 (M) NaOH, then 0.02 mol of H2O(/) will be formed from a die reaction between 0.02 mol H+ ions and 0.02 mol OH- ions. Thus heat evolved (i.e., heat of neutralisation) for tills reaction = 0.02 x 57.3 = 1.146 kJ.

⇒ \(\text { (2) } 200 \mathrm{~mL} \quad 0.4 \text { (M) } \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4=\frac{0.4}{1000} \times 200=0.08 \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \& 300 \mathrm{~mL} 0.2(\mathrm{M}) \mathrm{KOH}=\frac{0.2}{1000} \times 300=0.06 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{KOH.}\)

The amount of H+ ions formed from the complete ionisation of O.OOmol of aqueous H2SO4 = 2 x 0.00 =0.16mol

since 2 mol H+ is formed from 1 mol of h2SO4] and that of OH- ions formed due to dissociation of 0.06 (m) KOH =0.06 mol since 2 mol H+ is formed from 1 mol of h2So4] and that of OH- ions formed due to dissociation of 0.06(M) KOH=0.06 mol

Therefore, if 200 mL of 0.4 (M) H2SO2 solution is mixed with 300 mL of 0.2 (M) KOH solution then effectively 0.06 mol H2O(Z) will be formed from the reaction between 0.06 mol OH- ions and the same amount of H+ ions.

Thus the amount of heat produced (i.e., the heat of neutralization) of this reaction = 0.06 x 57.3 = 3.438 kj.

Question 2. The heat of neutralization of acetic acid and NaOH is 55.9 kj. If the heat of neutralization of all strong acids and strong bases is 57.3 kj, then calculate the heat of ionization of acetic acid.
Answer: Neutralisation reaction of the strong acid-strong base in an aqueous solution is: \(\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) The change in enthalpy in this reaction =-57.3 kj. The heat of neutralization in the reaction of a weak acid (acetic acid) and strong base = heat of ionization of acetic acid + heat of reaction for \(\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right].\). Given, -55.9kJ=heat of ionization of acetic acid -57.3 kj. Therefore, heat of ionisation of acetic acid = 57.3- 55.9 = 1.4 kj.mol-1

Heat or enthalpy of solution

Generally, when a solute is dissolved in a solvent, heat is evolved or absorbed. At a given temperature the amount of heat absorbed or evolved depends upon the amount and nature of both solvent and solute.

Heat or enthalpy of solution Definition: At a given temperature, the heat (or enthalpy) change associated with the dissolution of 1 mol of a solute in a specified amount of solvent so that (further addition of solvent will not produce any significant thermal effect) is termed as heat (or enthalpy) of solution of that solute at that temperature.

Therefore, if 100 mL of 0.2 (M) HC1 is mixed with 200 mL of 0.15 (M) NaOH, then 0.02 mol of H2O(/) will be formed from a die reaction between 0.02 mol H+ ions and 0.02 mol OH- ions.

Thus heat evolved (i.e., heat of neutralisation) for tills reaction = 0.02 x 57.3 = 1.146 kJ.

Explanation: The addition Of More Solvent to the solution (i.e., alter dissolution of solute) causes dilution of the solution and enthalpy changes In a continuously decreasing manner. At 25°G, the heat absorbed for the dissolution of 1 mol of KC1 in 50 mL of water Is 171191 J. Addition of another 50 mL of water to the tills solution caused absorption of 401. 1J of heat.

If we again add 50 mL of water to the solution, then 142.3 of heat is absorbed. Further addition of 50 mL of water leads to an absorption of 100.4 J of heat. If water is again added to the solution, no change in enthalpy is found to occur. Therefore, the heal of solution of KC1 at 25°C = (17091 +401.1 + 142.2+ 100.4) f =10614.7 J.

The dissolution of I mol of KC1 in a sufficient amount of water can be expressed by the thermochemical equation as \(\mathrm{KCl}(s)+a q \rightarrow \mathrm{KCl}(a q); \Delta H=+18.61 \mathrm{~kJ}\) In this equation, ‘ aq ‘ indicates a large amount of water and KCl(ag) indicates infinitely diluted aqueous solution of KC1.

⇒ \(\text { Similarly, } \mathrm{CuSO}_4(s)+a q \rightarrow \mathrm{CuSO}_4(a q) ; \Delta H=-66.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(l)+a q \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q) ; \Delta H=-96.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \mathrm{HCl}(g)+a q \rightarrow \mathrm{HCl}(a q) ; \Delta H=-74.8 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Generally, the heats of the solution are found to be positive for the hydrated salts (like CuSO4-5H2O, MgSO4-7H2O, FeSO4-7H2O, etc.) and the salts which cannot form stable hydrates (like NaC1, KC1, NH4C1, etc.). For anhydrous salts such as CuSO4, CaCl2, MgCl2, etc., the heat of the solution is normally negative.

Integral heat Of solution: At a specified temperature, the change in enthalpy associated with the dissolution of one mole ofa solute in a specified amount of a solvent is known as the integral heat solution. For example,

⇒ \(\text { (1) } \mathrm{KCl}(s)+12 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \xrightarrow{25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}} \mathrm{KCl}\left(12 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right) ; \Delta H=+15.8 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

⇒ \(\text { (2) } \mathrm{KCl}(s)+100 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \xrightarrow{25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}} \mathrm{KCl}\left(100 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right) ; \Delta H=+18.4 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

The values of AH in equations (1) and (2) indicate the integral heats of the solution when the amounts of water are 12 mol and 100 mol respectively. As the integral heat of the solution depends upon the amount of solvent, it is necessary to specify the amount of solvent while reporting the integral heat of the solution.

Heat or enthalpy of dilution

The dilution of a solution increases with the addition of more and more solvent to the solution, and consequently, heat is either absorbed or evolved in the process.

Integral heat of dilution

Integral heat of dilution Definition: It Is defined as the change In heat (or enthalpy) when the concentration of a solution containing one one mole of the solute is changed (diluted) by adding more solvent. The heat (or enthalpy) of dilution is equal to the difference between the integral heats of the solution at the two concentrations.

Integral heat of dilution Explanation: At 25°C when 1 mol of HCl(g) is dissolved In 25 mol of water, 72.3 kj of heat is evolved,\(\mathrm{HCl}(\mathrm{g})+25 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{HCl}\left(25 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right); \Delta H=-72.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[1]\)

Again, if 1 mol of HCl(g) is dissolved in 40 mol of water, then 73.0 kj of heat is evolved \(\mathrm{HCl}(g)+40 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{HCl}\left(40 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right); \Delta H=-73.0 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[2]\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{HCl}\left(25 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)+15 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{HCl}\left(40 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right) ; \\
& \Delta H=(-73.0+72.3)=-0.7 \mathrm{~kJ}=-700 \mathrm{~J}
\end{aligned}\)

Thus, the addition of 15 mol of water to the solution containing 1 mol of dissolved HC1 in 25 mol of water evolves 700J of heat. Therefore, for the process \(\mathrm{HCl}\left(25 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right) \rightarrow \mathrm{HCl}\left(40 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right) \text {, }\) the heat of dilution = -700 J.

Hess’s Law Of Constant Heat Summation

Hess’s Law Of Constant Heat Summation Law: If the reaction is carried out in one step or a series of steps, then the change in enthalpy in both cases will be the same provided that the initial and final states are the same in both cases

Chemical Thermodynamics According To Hess's law

Explanation: Let us consider, for example, the reaction A → D, which is carried out by two different processes. In process 1, A Is directly converted into D, and the enthalpy change in the process is A. In process 2, which consists of two steps, A is first converted into C, and then C is converted into D . If the enthalpy changes in two steps (A→C) and (C→D) of process 2 are ALL, and AH3, respectively, then according to the Hess’s law, AH2 = A H2 + AH3.

Examples: CO2 can be prepared from carbon in two ways: Direct oxidation of graphite into CO2 (one step): C(graphite, s) + O2(g)→CO2(g); A = -393.5 kj

C is first oxidized to CO, and then CO is oxidized to CO2 (two steps):

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(g) ; \Delta H_2^0=-110.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \mathrm{CO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g) ; \Delta H_3^0=-283.0 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

According to the Hess’s law \(\Delta H_2^0+\Delta H_3^0=[-110.5+(-283.0)] \mathrm{kJ}=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ}=\Delta H_1^0\)

Chemical Thermodynamics According To Hess's law.

Thermodynamic explanation of Hess’s law: As enthalpy is a state function, for any chemical reaction, the change in enthalpy (AH) depends only on the states of the reactants (initial state) and the products (final state), and not on how the change is brought about. This means that the change in enthalpy does not depend upon the number of intermediate states in a process.

Therefore, if a reaction is carried out by a process involving one step or by a process involving multiple steps, the change in enthalpy will be the same in either case. Hess’s law is simply a corollary of the first law of thermodynamics: Let us consider the reaction A + B→+D, which is carried out by two alternative processes I and II as given below.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Process-I: } \quad A+B \rightarrow D ; \Delta H_1=-x \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& \text { Process II: } A+B \rightarrow C ; \Delta H_2=-y \mathrm{~kJ} \\
& C \rightarrow D ; \Delta H_3=-z \mathrm{~kJ} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

According to Hess’s law, if the initial state and final state are the same, then x = y + z. Let (y + z) > x. This means that preparing D from A and B by process 2 and converting D back into A and B by following the process will lead to an evolution of [(y + z)- x] amount of heat without any input of energy from outside. This contradicts the first law of thermodynamics. So, (y + z) & x must be equal, which corroborates the Hess’s law.

So, Hess’s law regarding heat change in a chemical reaction is a corollary of the first law of thermodynamics.

Applications of Hess’s law

The importance of Hess’s law lies in the fact that thermochemical equations can be treated as algebraic equations. They can be added or subtracted as we do with algebraic equations.

There are many reactions whose heats of reaction are not possible to be measured directly by experiment. However, we can determine the heat of reaction for their reactions in an indirect way by making use of Hess’s law. A few applications of Hess’s law are given below.

Calculation of the heats of formation of the compounds whose heats of formation cannot be determined directly: The formation of many compounds such as CH4(g), C2H2(g), and C2H5OH(Z) from their constituent elements is practically impossible.

So, we cannot directly determine the heat of formation of these compounds. However, we can do so indirectly by applying Hess’s law.

Example: Determination of the standard heat of formation of C2H2(g) from the following information:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=-1300 \mathrm{~kJ} \quad \cdots[1]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[2] \\
& \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \quad \cdots[3]
\end{aligned}\)

Reversing equation [1] and multiplying equation [2] by 2,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
2 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\Delta H^0=+1300 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\text { and } 2 \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

⇒ \(\Delta H^0=2 \times(-393.5)=-787 \mathrm{~kJ} \quad \cdots[5]\)

Adding equations [3], [4] and [5], we obtain, \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& \Delta H^0=[-285.8+1300-787] \mathrm{kJ}=+227.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \quad \cdots[6]
\end{aligned}\)

Since equation [6] is the formation reaction of C2H2(g), the AH° of this reaction represents the standard heat of formation of C2H2(g). Hence, the standard enthalpy of
formation \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})=+227.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \text {. }\)

Calculation of heat of reaction for the reactions whose heats of reaction cannot be determined directly: The heats of reaction for many chemical reactions cannot be determined directly. \(\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}),\) cannot be determined directly because when 1 mol of solid graphite reacts with 0.5 mol of O2(g), CO2(g) along with CO(g) is produced. However, it is possible to calculate the heat of the reaction indirectly by applying Hess’s law

Example: Let us consider (the determination of heat of a reaction in which 1 mol of CO(g) is formed from the reaction of solid graphite with oxygen;

⇒ \(C(g r a p h i t e, s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow CO(g); \Delta H^0=? \quad \cdots[1]\)

CO2(g) he prepared by the complete combustion of both solid graphite and CO(g). From the heats of reactions of the following two reactions, the heat of reaction for the reaction can easily be calculated.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { C(graphite, s) }+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g) ; \Delta H^0=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdots[2] \\
& \mathrm{CO}(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(g) ; \Delta H^0=-283.0 \mathrm{~kJ} \quad \cdots[3]
\end{aligned}\)

Adding equation [2] to the reverse of equation [3] we get \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \longrightarrow \\
\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\Delta H^0=[+283.0-393.5] \mathrm{kJ}=-110.5 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{gathered}\)

∴ \(\mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=-110.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Therefore, the heat of reaction for reaction = -110.5kj

Determination of heat of transition: Some elements (like C, S, P, etc,) exist in two or more allotropic forms. During the allotropic transformation of such elements, heat is generally absorbed or evolved. The enthalpy change that occurs in an allotropic transformation is known as heat of transition.

At a given temperature and pressure, the heat or enthalpy change that occurs when 1 mol of an allotropic form of an element transforms into another form is called the heat of transition (AHtrn).

Example: The two important allotropes of sulfur are rhombic sulfur and monoclinic sulfur. By applying Hess’s law, the heat of transition of these two allotropes can easily be calculated from their heats of combustion data.

⇒ \(\mathrm{S}(\text { monoclinic }, s) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}(\text { rhombic }, s) ; \Delta H^0=?\)

The heats of combustion of rhombic and monoclinic sulphur at 25°C temperature and 1 atm pressure are, -296.9 and -297.2 kj – mol-1, respectively.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{S}(\text { monoclinic, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) & \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
\Delta H^0 & =-297.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \quad \cdots[1]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{S}(\text { rhombic, } s)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) & \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
\Delta H^0 & =-296.9 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \quad \cdots[2]
\end{aligned}\)

Subtracting equation [2] from equation [1], we obtain, S(monoclinic, s) -+ Sfrhombic, s) \(\Delta H_{t r n}^0=[-297.2-(-296.9)] \mathrm{kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}=-0.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Therefore, at 25°C temperature and 1 atm pressure 0.3 kj heat is evolved due to the transformation of lmol monoclinic sulfur to 1 mol rhombic sulfur.

Determination of heat of hydration: Hess’s law can be applied to calculate the enthalpy changes associated with the hydration of several salts to form their corresponding hydrates.

Heat Of Hydration: At a given temperature and pressure, the change in enthalpy accompanying the formation of l mol of a hydrate from the anhydrous form of the compound is called heat of hydration of that anhydrous compound.

For example, at 25°C temperature and 1 atm pressure, the combination of1 mol of anhydrous MgSO4(s), and 7 mol H2O(Z) produces lmol of MgSO4-7H2O(s). It is accompanied by the liberation of 105 kj of heat. Therefore, the heat of hydration of MgS04(s) = -105 kj-mol-1.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{MgSO}_4(s)+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{MgSO}_4 \cdot 7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(s) & ; \\
\Delta H_{\text {hyd }}^0 & =-105 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

The heat of hydration of a salt cannot be determined directly. However, it can be determined by applying Hess’s law from the known values of the heat of the solution of the hydrate and the anhydrous form of the salt.

Example: \(\mathrm{CuSO}_4(s)+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{CuSO}_4 \cdot 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(s) ; \Delta H_{\text {hyd }}^0=?\)

At 25°C temperature and 1 atm pressure, the heat of the solution of CuS04(s) and CuS04-5H20(s) are -66.1 kj.mol-1 and +11.5 kj.mol-1, respectively.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CuSO}_4(s)+n \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{CuSO}_4(a q) ;\) [n is a very large number]

⇒ \(\Delta H_{\text {sol }}^0=-66.1 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{CuSO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(s)+(n-5) \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{CuSO}_4(a q) ; \\
\Delta H_{\text {sol }}^0=+11.5 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{gathered}\)

Subtracting equation [2] from equation [1], we obtain, \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{CuSO}_4(s)+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) & \rightarrow \mathrm{CuSO}_4 \cdot 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(s) ; \\
\Delta H_{\text {hyd }}^0 & =[-66.1-(+11.5)] \mathrm{kJ}=-77.6 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, at 25°C temperature and 1 atm pressure, the heat of hydration of anhydrous CuSO2(s) = -77.6kJ.mol-1

Standard Heat Of Formation Of An Ion

Heat or enthalpy change occurs when an ionic compound dissociates into ions in solution. So, like a compound, an ion also has the heat of formation.

Standard Heat Of Formation Of An Ion Definition: Enthalpy or heat change associated with the formation of one mole of an ion in an infinitely dilute solution at standard state (i.e., at 1 atm pressure and a specified temperature) is termed as the standard heat of formation of that ion The determination of standard heat of formation of an ion is usually done at 25°C temperature. By convention, the standard heat of formation (or enthalpy of formation) of H+ ion in aqueous solution is taken to be zero.

Therefore \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) ; \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\right]=0\left[25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right]\)

Example: \(\text { (1) } \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H^0=-57.3 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { (2) } \begin{aligned}
\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow & \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \\
& \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

By writing an equation in a reverse manner and then adding it to an equation, we obtain,

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

⇒ \(\Delta H^0=-285.8+57.3=-228.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Therefore \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta H^0=\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\right]+\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right] \\
& -\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2(g)\right]-\frac{1}{2} \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, }-228.5=0+\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]-0-0\)

[In standard state, the heat of formation of any stable pure dement is taken as 0. So \(\left.\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2(g)\right]=\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right]=0\right]\)

∴ \(\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]=-228.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Alternative method: From the equation we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta H^0=\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]-\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\right]-\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right] \\
& \text { or, }-57.3 \mathrm{~kJ}=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ}-0-\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\right]=-228.5 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

Heat Of Solution Of Ionic Compounds

The dissolution of an ionic compound (like NaCl, KC1, etc.) in a polar solvent (like water) can be considered as the combination ofthe following two processes: Breaking of the crystal lattice ofthe compound into gaseous constitutes ions Interaction of resulting ions with the solvent molecules i.e., solvation of the ions (or hydration if water is used solvent). Process (1) is endothermic, while the process (2) is exothermic.

In an ionic compound [MX(s)], the energy required to transform one mole of the ionic crystal into its gaseous constituent ions (M+ and X-), separated by infinite distance, is equal to the reaction enthalpy of the following reaction and is called lattice enthalpy (AHl).

⇒ \(\mathrm{MX}(\mathrm{s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{M}^{+}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{X}^{-}(\mathrm{g}) \text {; reaction enthalpy }=\Delta H_L \quad \cdots[1]\)

The change in enthalpy accompanying the hydration (AHhy(J) ofthe cations [M+(g)] and anions [X'(g)], that formed on dissociation of1 mol of MX(s), is equal to the change in enthalpy of the following hydration process.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{M}^{+}(g)+\mathrm{X}^{-}(g)+\text { water } \rightarrow \mathrm{M}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{X}^{-}(a q) ; \\
& \text { Change in enthalpy }(\Delta H)=\Delta H_{h y d} \cdots[2]
\end{aligned}\)

The change in enthalpy accompanying the dissolution of 1 mol of an ionic compound such as MX(s) is termed the enthalpy of solution (AI1sol) ofthe compound.

⇒ \(\mathrm{MX}(s)+\text { water } \rightarrow \mathrm{M}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{X}^{-}(a q)\) \(\text { Enthalpy change }(\Delta H)=\Delta H_{\text {sol }} \cdots \text { [3] }\)

Adding equations [1] and [2] results in equation [3]. Thus, A Hsol equals the sum of AH2 and AHhyd. This is per Hess’s law.

The value of ΔHl is always positive and that of ΔHhyd is always negative. Depending upon the magnitude of these two, the sign of the ΔHsol will be either positive or negative. In the case of most ionic salts, the ΔHsol is positive This is why the solubilities of such salts, increase with temperature rise.

Chemical Thermodynamics In Case Of Ionic compounds AX like KCl, NH4Cl etc.

Lattice Energy (Or Lattice Enthalpy) And Born-Haber Cycle

Lattice Energy (Or Lattice Enthalpy) And Born-Haber Cycle Definition: The lattice energy of a solid ionic compound it The. the energy required to break 1 mol of the compound (at a particular temperature and pressure) into its gaseous ions, separated by an infinite distance.

Example: The lattice enthalpy of NaCl at 25°C and ] atm pressure = +788 kj .mol-1 means that at 256C temperature and 1 atm pressure, 788 kj of heat is required to break mol of NaCl(s) into lmol of Na+(g) & I mol of Cl-(g) ions, separated by infinite distance.

Therefore, the value of the lattice enthalpy for MX(s) type of the compound is equal to the value of the enthalpy change for the process \(\mathrm{MX}(\mathrm{s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{M}^{+}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{X}^{-}(\mathrm{g})\)

Determination of lattice enthalpy of an ionic compound a standard state by applying Hess’s law: To illustrate how to determine the lattice energy of a solid ionic compound, let us consider, for example, the determination of lattice energy of NaCl. NaCl can be prepared in a single step by reacting to its constituent elements or by an indirect process involving multiple steps.

Preparation of 1 mol of NaCl in a single step: 1 mol of metallic Na is reacted with 0.5 mol of Cl2 gas to form lmol of solid NaCl. The enthalpy change in the reaction is equal to the standard enthalpy of the formation of solid sodium chloride (NaCl).

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}(s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(s) ; \Delta H_f^0(\mathrm{NaCl})=-411.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Chemical Thermodynamic Preparation Of 1 mol Of Soild Nacl By An Indirect Process Involving Multi steps

Chemical Thermodynamic Preparation Of 1 mol Of Soild Nacl By An Indirect Process Involving Multi steps..

According to Hess’s law, if the initial and final states remain fixed, then the change in enthalpy for the transformation from the initial state to the final state is the same, regardless of whether the reaction is completed in one step or several steps.

Hence \(\Delta H_f^0(\mathrm{NaCl})=376.5-\Delta H_L^0 \text { or, }-411.2=376.8-\Delta H_L^0\)

∴ \(\Delta H_L^0=+788.0 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Thus, the lattice enthalpy of solid NaCl at standard state = + 788 kj. mol-1 .

Born-Haber cycle: Bom-Haber cycle is a thermochemical cycle consisting of a series of steps that describe the formation of an ionic solid from its constituents elements. It is based on Hess’s law and establishes a relation between the lattice energy of an ionic compound and the enthalpy changes that occur in various steps associated with the formation ofthe compound. This cycle is very useful for calculating lattice enthalpy and electron gain enthalpy (electron affinity), which are difficult to measure experimentally.

Chemical Thermodynamics Born Haber Cycle For The Formation Of NAcl(s) From Na(s) and Cl2 (g)

As enthalpy is a state function, the total change in enthalpy for a cyclic process is zero. Thus, \(+411.2+108.4+121+496-348.6-\Delta H_L^0=0\)

∴ \(\Delta H_L^0=+788 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Atomisation Enthalpy

Standard enthalpy of atomation of an element: The enthalpy change associated with the formation of 1 mol of gaseous atoms from a stable element when all substances are in their standard states is called the enthalpy of atomization \(\left(\Delta H_{\text {atom }}^0\right)\) of the element.

The atomization of any substance is an endothermic process. So, for any substance, \(\Delta \boldsymbol{H}_{\text {atom }}^0\) is always positive. The unit of \(\Delta H_{\text {atom }}^0\) kj mol-1 or kcal- mol-1.

Explanation: The standard enthalpy of atomization of hydrogen at 25°C \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}); \Delta H^0{ }_{\text {atom }}=+218 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

The standard enthalpy of atomization of graphite at 25°C, AH°fom = +717 kj-mol-1: This means that at 25°C and 1 atm pressure, +717 kj heat (or enthalpy) is required to produce 1 mol of carbon vapor [C(g)] from graphite. Thus the change in enthalpy for the process, C(graphite, s) -C(g) at 25°C and 1 atm pressure, AH° = +717 kj-mol-1.

At a particular temperature, for homonuclear diatomic gases, the heat (or enthalpy) of atomization is equal to half the heat of dissociation, i.e., the standard enthalpy of atomization \(=\frac{1}{2} \times \text { enthalpy of dissociation. }\)

At a particular temperature, for a monoatomic solid, the heat (or enthalpy) of atomization is equal to its heat of sublimation at that temperature.

Bond Bond Dissociation Energy (Or energy enthalpy)(Or Enthalpy)

Chemical reactions are associated with the formation and dissociation of bond(s). During dissociation of a bond heat or energy is required, so it is an endothermic process. On the other hand, bond formation is associated with the evolution of heat. Hence it is an exothermic process. At a particular temperature and pressure, the amount of heat required to break a bond is equal to the amount of heat released to form that bond at the same conditions.

Bond Dissociation Enthalpy

Bond Dissociation Enthalpy Definition: The Amount of energy required to dissociate one mole of a specific type of bond in a gaseous covalent compound to form neutral atoms or radicals is called bond dissociation energy (ΔHbond) of that bond. As bond dissociation is an endothermic process, the value of the bond dissociation energy is always positive. The bond dissociation energy is generally expressed in kJ. mol-1 or kcal- mol-1. Here the term ‘mol’ indicates per mole of bond.

The bond dissociation energy of a diatomic gaseous molecule:

The change in standard enthalpy (AH0) for the process \(\mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}(\mathrm{g}) \text { at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\) and 1 atm pressure = 248 kj.mol-1. In this process, the gaseous Cl is formed by the dissociation of1 mol of Cl—Cl bonds atoms in a gaseous state.

Therefore, this standard enthalpy change is equal to the bond dissociation energy (or enthalpy) of the Cl—Cl bond \(\left(\Delta H_{\mathrm{Cl}}^0-\mathrm{Cl}\right)\) The change in standard enthalpy (AH0) for the process 02(g) → 20(g) at 25°C temperature and 1 atm pressure = 498 kj. mol-1.

In this process, the gaseous O atoms are formed by the dissociation of lmol of 0=0 bonds in the gaseous state at 25°C and 1 atm pressure. Therefore, this standard enthalpy change is equal to the bond dissociation energy of O=0 bond \(\left(\Delta H_{\mathrm{O}}^0=0\right)\).

The bond dissociation energy of the bond in a multi-atomic molecule: If a molecule has more than one bond of a particular type, then the stepwise dissociation of these bonds requires different amounts of energy. For example, in the NH3 molecule, although three N—H bonds are equivalent stepwise dissociation of these bonds requires different amounts of energy.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{NH}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+431 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{NH}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+381 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{NH}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+381 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

If more than one similar type of bond is present in a molecule, then the average bond dissociation energy of those bonds is expressed as the bond energy of that bond.

Therefore, the bond energy of the N—H bond in NH3 molecule \(=\frac{431+381+360}{3}=391 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \text {. }\) = 391 KJ. mol-1

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{CH}_3(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+427 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{CH}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+439 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{CH}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+452 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+347 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {bond }}^0=+347 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Therefore, the bond energy ofthe C —H bond in CH4(g) , molecule \(\text { molecule }=\frac{427+439+452+347}{4}=416.25 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \text {. }\)

Definition Of Bond Energy

The average value of the dissociation energies of all the similar types of bonds present in a gaseous compound is called the bond energy of that type of bond

Chemical Thermodynamic Standard Enthalpy Of Dissociation [Standard Bond dissovstion energy] diatomic Molecules at 25C.

Chemical Thermodynamic Standard Bond Enthalpy Or Bond Energy Of Some Chemical Bonds At 25C

Determination of bond enthalpy or bond energy

The standard bond enthalpy of a bond in a compound can be calculated from the known value of the standard enthalpy of formation of that compound and the value of the standard enthalpy of atomization of the elements constituting the compound. For example, consider the determination of bond enthalpy ofthe C—H bond in methane molecule.

In 1 mol of CH4(g) molecule, the energy required to break 4 mol of C— H bonds is equal to the standard enthalpy of reaction for the following change (AHO). CH4(g) C(graphite, s) + 4H(g); AHO The value of AH° can be calculated from the value of standard enthalpy of formation of CH4(g) and the standard enthalpy of atomization of C(graphite.s) and Ha(g). The formation reaction of CH4(g) and the atomisation reaction of C(graphite.s) and Ha(g) are as follows;

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s)+2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g}) ; \\
& \left.\Delta \mathrm{H}_f^0\left[\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g})\right]=-7.8 \mathrm{k}\right] \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \quad \ldots[2]
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } s) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite, } g): \\
& \left.\Delta H_{\text {atom }}^0=717 \mathrm{k}\right] \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \quad \ldots|3|
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_{\text {atom }}^0=218 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Equation[3] + 4 x equation [4]- equation [2] gives, CH4(g)—>C(graphite, g) + 4H(g); AH° = [717 + 4 X 218- (-74.8)]kJ = 1663.8k] Therefore, in 1 mol of CH4(g) molecule, the energy required to break 4 mol of C —H bonds = 1663.8k).

Energy required to break1 mol of C — H bonds \(=\frac{1}{4} \times 1663.8 \mathrm{~kJ}=415.95 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\) So, the bond energy of the C— H bond = 415.95 kJ. mol-1

Determination of the standard enthalpy of a gaseous reaction from the values of bond enthalpies of the reactant(s) and product(s)

In general, chemical reactions are associated with the breaking of bonds (on the reactant side) and the formation of new bonds (on the product side). When a chemical bond is formed energy is released.

On the other hand, energy is required to break a bond. The standard enthalpy change in a reaction in the gaseous state is related to the bond energies of the reactants and products.

If the total bond energy of all the bonds in reactant molecules is reactant tie clane in enthalpy for breaking all the bonds in reactant molecules \(\Delta H_1^0=\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {reactant }} \text {. }\) Similarly if the total bond energy of the product(s) be \(\text { (BE) product, }\), then the change in enthalpy for the formation of bonds in product molecules p\(\Delta H_2^0=-\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {product }} \) [-ve sign indicates that heat is released during the formation.

⇒ \(\Delta H^0=\Delta H_1^0+\Delta H_2^0=\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {reactant }}-\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {product }}\)

∴ \(\Delta H^0=\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {reactant }}-\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {product }}\)

Using equation [1], it is possible to determine the standard reaction enthalpy of a gaseous reaction from the bond energy data ofthe reactants and products. \(\text { If } \sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {reactant }}>\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {product }} \text {, then } \Delta H^0>0 \text {. }\)

This means that if the total bond energy of all the bonds in reactant molecules are greater than the total bond energy of all the bonds in product molecules, then the reaction will be endothermic.

On the other hand, if \(\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {reactant }}<\sum(\mathrm{BE})_{\text {product, }} \text { then } \Delta \boldsymbol{H}^{\mathbf{0}}<\mathbf{0}\) \(\Delta H^0<0\) and the willl be exothedrmic.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Calculate The bond energy of O-H Bond In H2O(g) at the standard state from the following data;

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}) ; \quad \Delta H^0=436 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow O(g) ; \quad \Delta H^0=249 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \\
& \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\right]=-241.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: Equation + equation (2)- equation gives,

⇒ \(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g)-\mathrm{H}_2(g)-\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}(g)+\mathrm{O}(g)-\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) ; \\
\Delta H^0=(436+249+241.8) \mathrm{kJ}
\end{array}\)

or, \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H^0=+926.8 \mathrm{~kJ}\)

The equation indicates the dissociation of O—H bonds Present in 1 mol of H20(g) . The standard enthalpy change for this process (AH0) = +926.8kJ

No. of O— H bonds present in lmol H20 =2mol. Thus, the energy required to break 2mol O—H bonds =+926.8 kj.

∴ The energy required to break 1 mol O — H = + 463.4 kj So, bond energy of O—H bond = + 463.4 kj.mol-1.

Question 2. Calculate the bond energy of the S—F bond in the SF6 molecule. Given: Enthalpy of formation for SF6(g) , S(g),F(g) are -1100, 275, 80 kj.mol-1 respectively.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \frac{1}{8} \mathrm{~S}_8(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}(g) ; \Delta H_f^0[\mathrm{~S}(g)]=275 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~F}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{F}(g) ; \Delta H_f^0[\mathrm{~F}(g)]=80 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \frac{1}{8} \mathrm{~S}_8(s)+3 \mathrm{~F}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{SF}_6(g) \\
& \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{SF}_6(g)\right]=-1100 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

No. of moles of S—F bonds in lmol SF6 molecule = 6. In 1 mol of SF6, the breaking of S- F bonds is given by the reaction: SF6(g) -S(g) + 6F(g) Standard enthalpy for this reaction is \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta H^0=\Delta H_f^0[\mathrm{~S}(g)] & +6 \Delta H_f^0[\mathrm{~F}(g)]-\Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{SF}_6(g)\right] \\
& =[275+6 \times 80-(-1100)] \mathrm{kJ}=1855 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{aligned}\)

Thus 1855 kj energy is required to break 6 mol of S — F bonds. Hence, the energy required to break lmol of S —F bond \(=\left(\frac{1}{6} \times 1855\right)=309.166 \mathrm{~kJ} \text {. }\)

So, the bond energy of the S—F bond = 309.166 kj.mol-1

Question 3. Determine the standard enthalpy of formation of isoprene(g) at 298 K temperature. Given:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta H^0(\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H})=413 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}, \\
& \Delta H^0(\mathrm{H}-\mathrm{H})=436 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}, \\
& \Delta H^0(\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{C})=346 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}, \\
& \Delta H^0(\mathrm{C}=\mathrm{C})=611 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}, \\
& \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite }, s) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}(\text { graphite }, \mathrm{g}) ; \\
& \Delta H^0=717 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: The formation reaction of isoprene [C4Hg(g)]:

⇒ \(5 \mathrm{C} \text { (graphite, } s)+4 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}=\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}_2(g) \quad \cdots[1]\)

This reaction can be considered as the sum of the following two reactions:

According to Hess’s law, the total change in enthalpy of these two reactions is equal to the change in enthalpy of the reaction [1],

Therefore; \(\Delta H^0=\Delta H_1^0+\Delta H_2^0\)

⇒ \(\Delta H_1^0\) = Enthalpy of atomization of 5 mol C(g) + Bond energy of4 mol H —H bonds = (5 x 717 + 4 x 436) = 5329kj \(\Delta H_2^0=(-)\) Bond energy of 8 mol (C—H) + Bond energy of2mol (C=C) bonds + Bond energy of2 mol (C —C) bonds] [Here, – ve sign indicates the bond is formed in step (2)] =-[8 x 413 + 2 X 611 + 2 X 346]kJ =-5218 kj

Therefore \(\Delta H^0=(5329-5218) \mathrm{kJ}=111 \mathrm{~kJ} .\)

Determination Of The Value Of Δu And ΔH: Calorimetry

The process of measuring the amount of heat transferred during any physical or chemical transformation Is called calorimetry. The device by which the amount of heat trans¬ ferred is measured is called a calorimeter. The heat change at constant pressure {qp) and that at constant volume (qv) are determined by calorimetry.

The heat change at constant pressure is equal to the change In enthalpy (AH) of the system, and the heat change at constant volume is equal to the change in internal energy (AH) of the system, Among the different types of calorimeters we will discuss here only the bomb calorimeter. The heat of the reaction at constant volume can be measured by using a bomb calorimeter.

Bomb calorimeter: In general, a bomb calorimeter is used to determine the heat of combustion of a reaction at a constant volume. The bomb is a rigid closed steel container that can resist high pressures and the inside portion of the container is coated with platinum metal.

A known amount ofa substance (whose heat of combustion is to be determined) is taken in a platinum crucible and placed inside the bomb. The bomb is then filled with excess O2 by passing pure O2 at 20-25 atm pressure through a valve.

The bomb is now immersed in an insulated, water-filled container fitted with a mechanical stirrer and thermometer. The sample present in the crucible is then ignited electrically in the presence of oxygen.

During combustion, heat is evolved. As the calorimeter is insulated, heat evolved during combustion cannot escape. Evolved heat is absorbed by the bomb, water, and other parts of the calorimeter. As a result, the temperature of the calorimeter increases, which is recorded from a thermometer.

Chemical Thermodynamics Bomb Calorimeter

Calculation If the heat capacity of the calorimeter is cal and the Increase in temperature due to absorption of heat by the calorimeter is ΔT, then the beat of reaction, \(\begin{aligned}
q_{\text {reaction }} & =(-) \text { heat absorbed by the calorimeter } \\
& =-q_{\text {calorimeter }}=-C_{c a l} \times \Delta T
\end{aligned}\)

Determination of Using die same bomb calorimeter and die same amount of water, a substance of known heat of combustion is burnt In the calorimeter, and AT is measured. From the amount of the substance of known heat of combustion, we calculate the reaction Putting the values of reaction end AT into the above relation, we get the value of C cal.

As the wall of the bomb calorimeter is very rigid, the volume of the die system remains unchanged (AV = 0) during a reaction, ffence a/ [=- PΔ P =0 and according to the first law of thermodynamics, All = \(\Delta U=q+w=q+0=q_V.\) Thus, the heat of reaction for a reaction occurring In a bomb calorimeter ~ changes in internal energy of the reaction system.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. When 1.0 g of a compound (molecular weight = 28) Is burnt In a bomb calorimeter, the temperature of the calorimeter rises from 25′-C to 25.45’T). Calculate the heat that evolves when 1 mol of this compound is completely burnt (Ccal = 2.5 kj – K-1 ).
Answer: ΔT = [(273 + 2545)-(273 + 25)] = 0.45 K

Therefore, heat evolved due to combustion of 1 g of the compound \(=C_{c a l} \times \Delta T=2.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 0.45 \mathrm{~K}=1.125 \mathrm{~kJ}.\)

∴ Feat produced due to combustion of1 moJ or 28 g of that compound J.125 X 28 = 31.5 kj.

Question 2. At 25-C, the heat of combustion at a constant volume of J mol of a compound Js 5J50 of. The temperature of a bomb calorimeter rises from 25-C to 30.5°C when a certain amount of the compound Is burnt In It. If the heat capacity of the calorimeter Is 9.76 kj .K-1 then how much of the compound was taken for combustion? (Molar mass of the substance = 128
Answer: As given in the question, the grain-molecular weight of
that compound = 128 g- mol-1.

Therefore, the amount of heat that evolves in the combustion of 128 g ofthe substance = 5150 kJ.

Again \(\text { Again, } \Delta T=[(273+30.5)-(273+25)] \mathrm{K}=5.5 \mathrm{~K} \text { and }\)

Thus, die amount of heat evolves when a certain amount of compound is burnt = Ccal x AT = 9.76 x 5.5 = 53.68 kj.

Now 5150 kj of heat is liberated due to the combustion of the 128g compound. Hence, the amount ofthe compound required for the evolution of53.68 kj of heat \(=\frac{128}{5150} \times 53.68=1.334 \mathrm{~g} .\)

The Second Law Of Thermodynamics

The second law of thermodynamics can be stated in various ways. Some common statements ofthe law are given below:

Clausisus statement: It is impossible to construct a device, operating in a cycle, that will produce no effect other than the transfer of heat from a lower-temperature reservoir to a higher-temperature reservoir.

Planck -Kelvin statement: It is impossible to construct an engine, operating in a cycle, that will produce no effect other than the extraction of heat from a reservoir and the performance of an equivalent amount of work.

Spontaneous And Non-Spontaneous Processes

A process that occurs on its own accord under a given set of conditions, without any outside assistance, is called a spontaneous process.

Examples:

  1. The flow of heat from a hotter body to a colder body.
  2. Evaporation of water kept in an open container at normal temperature.
  3. Conversion of water to ice at a temperature below 0°C.
  4. Rusting of iron.

Many processes require to be initiated by some external assistance. However, once initiated, they continue to occur under the prevailing conditions without any assistance from outside.

Examples:

  1. No reaction occurs when a piece of coal is kept in an open atmosphere. However, once it is ignited, its combustion starts and continues spontaneously till it is completely burnt out with the formation of CO2 and H2O.
  2. A candle when enkindled in air bums spontaneously till the end. Here, the combustion of candles (hydrocarbon) produces CO2 and H2O.
  3. When an electric spark is created for once in a mixture of hydrogen and oxygen, the reaction between these two gases starts and goes on spontaneously at room temperature to produce water.

Non-spontaneous processes

A process that needs external assistance for its occurrence is called a non-spontaneous process.

Examples:

  1. Underground water is lifted to the roof with the help of an engine. As long as the engine is in operation, water continuously goes up. But the upward flow of water ceases at the moment when the engine is stopped.
  2. O2 gas is produced when KC1O3 is heated with MnO2. However, the evolution of oxygen ceases when the source of heat is removed.
  3. Energy must be supplied from the external source to recoil a spring.

Spontaneity Of Physical Processes And Chemical Reactions

There are many physical processes or chemical reactions which occur spontaneously in preferred directions under certain conditions. For this type of process, energy is not required from any external agency.

A large number of processes, both exothermic and endothermic, are found to occur spontaneously. The question that comes into our mind is: ‘What is the driving force that makes such processes spontaneous

Factors affecting the spontaneity of a process

The tendency of a system to attain stability through lowering its energy or enthalpy: Our experience shows that every system has a natural tendency to attain stability by lowering its intrinsic energy.

Examples:

  1. When water falls from a high region, its potential energy goes on decreasing gradually and when it reaches the earth’s surface, its potential energy gets converted completely into a different form of energy.
  2. Heat always flows from a hot body to a cold body. As a result, the internal energy of the hot body decreases.
  3. From the above examples, we see that a process occurring spontaneously is accompanied by a decrease in the energy of the system.
  4. In the case of chemical reactions, the decrease or increase in energy is usually in terms ofthe change in enthalpy (AH) in the reaction.
  5. In a reaction, if the total enthalpy of the products Is less than that of the reactants, then heat is evolved, and hence AH = -ve, indicating that the reaction is exothermic. It has also been observed in actual experiments that most of the exothermic reactions occur spontaneously. For example

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{C}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) ; \Delta H=-393.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \\
\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H–285.83 \mathrm{~kJ}
\end{gathered}\)

The fact that the decrease in energy of the reaction system in an exothermic reaction led the chemists to believe that only exothermic reactions would occur spontaneously. This means that the condition of spontaneity Is AH = -ve.

To put it in another way the decrease in enthalpy in a reaction is the driving force for the reaction to occur spontaneously. However, there are quite some reactions that do not occur spontaneously even though AH is negative for these reactions.

Spontaneous processes in which energy (enthalpy) of the system increases: The endothermic reactions are associated with the increase in energy of the reaction system. It is probably not wrong to believe that such reactions would be nonspontaneous.

But, there are some processes, both physical and chemical, which occur spontaneously even though they are associated with the increase in enthalpy. Here are a few examples.

Although the evaporation of water at room temperature Is an endothermic process, It occurs spontaneously \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}); \Delta H=+44.1 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The dissolution of NH4Cl in water Is a spontaneous process although this process is endothermic.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q) ; \Delta H=+15.1 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The reaction of Ba(OH)2. 8H2O(s) with NH4NO3(s) is so endothermic that it decreases the temperature of the reaction system to a very low value.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Ba}(\mathrm{OH})_2 \cdot 8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(s)+2 \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(s)- \\
& \mathrm{Ba}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+2 \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+10 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Spontaneous process and tendency to increase the randomness of a system: Our experience tells us that the natural tendency of any spontaneous process is that it tends to occur in a direction in which the system associated with the process moves from an order to a disordered state.

Examples: Some red marbles are kept on one side of a tray, and on the other side it the same number of blue marbles, identical in mass and size, are kept perfectly in order.

If the tray is shaken properly, the marbles of both types will be mixed (a disordered condition), and the system will be in a state of disorderliness, which is considered to be a more stable state of the system.

Because if that tray is shaken several times, the marbles will never return to their previous orderly arrangement i.e., the natural tendency of the system is to achieve a state of randomness from a well-ordered state. In ice, water molecules exist in an ordered state as their motions are restricted.

But, in liquid water, molecules have more freedom of motion as intermolecular forces of attraction in water are not as strong as in ice. Thus, the melting of ice leads to an increase in molecular disorder in the system.

⇒ \(
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H=+v e
(ice) (water)\)

⇒ \(
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H=+v e
(water) (vapour)\)

When salts such as NH4C1, NaCl, etc., are added to water, they undergo dissolution spontaneously. In the crystal structures of the salts, ions are held in an ordered arrangement.

On dissolution of the salts, the ordered arrangement of the ions is lost as the ions get dispersed throughout the solution in a disordered way. Thus, the dissolution ofa salt in water leads to a disordered state.

Thus from the above examples, it is clear that spontaneous processes occur with an increase in the randomness of the system. Hence we can say, that the primary condition of the spontaneity of any process is the increase in randomness in the system.

Spontaneous processes involving a decrease in randomness: It is true that in most of the spontaneous processes, the degree of randomness of the system gets increased. However many spontaneous processes are accompanied by the decrease in randomness in the system.

Examples: Water molecules in the clouds exist in extremely disordered states. But, when they fall in the form of rain, their freedom of movement decreases.

Molecules in water are in a state of randomness. However, when water undergoes freezing, the motion of the molecules becomes restricted, leading to a decrease In disorder in the system. Thus, the increase in randomness of the constituent particles of a system is not an essential condition for the spontaneity ofthe process that the system undergoes.

The driving force in a spontaneous process

From the above discussion, we see that neither the decrease in energy alone nor the increase in randomness alone can determine the spontaneity of a process. This is because many processes occur with an increase in energy, and any processes occur with a decrease in randomness.

Thus, we can conclude the effects of both of these factors have a role in determining the spontaneity of a process. To put it in another way we can say that the combined effect of these two factors is the driving for a process to occur spontaneously.

In this regard, it is important to note that these factors are not dependent on each other, and they may work in the same or opposite direction. Hence, we may have the following combinations of these two factors, the results of which may be favorable or unfavorable about spontaneity.

Chemical Thermodynamics The Driving Force In a Spotaneous Process

Concept Of Entropy

We have already seen that enthalpy is not the ultimate criterion of spontaneity. Another factor such as the randomness of the constituting particles (molecules, atoms, or ions) of the system may also be responsible for determining the spontaneity of a process.

Rudolf Clausius introduced a new thermodynamic property or state function known as entropy, from the Greek word ‘trope’ meaning transformation. It is denoted by the letter ‘S’. The entropy of a system is a measure of the randomness or disorderliness of its constituent particles.

The more disordered or random state of a system, the higher the entropy it has. Thus, from the molecular point of view, the entropy of a system can be defined below.

The entropy of the system is a thermodynamic property that measures the randomness or disorderliness of the constituent particles making up the system.

According to the above definition, it may seem that entropy is related to the individual constituent particle of the system. However, thermodynamics, whose framework is based on a macroscopic approach, is not concerned with the existence and the nature of the constituent particles of the system.

Entropy, which is a macroscopic property, is in no way related to the behavior of the individual atoms or molecules of a system, instead, it reflects the average behavior of a large collection of atoms or molecules by which a system usually consists.

Mathematical interpretation of entropy: Since heat (q) is not a state function, the exchange of heat (5q) i.e., the amount of heat absorbed or rejected by a system during a process is not an exact differential.

But in a reversible process, the ratio of the heat exchanged between the system and surroundings \(\frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{T}\) to an absolute temperature at which the heat exchanger takes place is an exact differential. Hence, the quantity indicates the change ofa state function. This function is called entropy (S). Therefore, the change in entropy,

⇒ \(d S=\frac{\delta q_{\text {rev }}}{T}=\frac{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Reversible heat transfer between } \\
\text { system and its surroundings }
\end{array}}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Temperature (K) at which } \\
\text { heat is transferred }
\end{array}}\)

If, in a reversible process, the state of a system changes from state 1 (initial state) to state 2 (final state), then the change in entropy (AS) in the process can be determined by integrating the equation

⇒ \(\int_1^2 d S=\int_1^2 \frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{T} \text { or, } S_2-S_1=\int_1^2 \frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{T} \text { or, } \Delta S=\int_1^2 \frac{\delta \tilde{q} q_{r e t}}{T}\)

For the process occurring at a constant temperature, the change in entropy, \([\Delta S=\frac{1}{T} \int_1^2 \delta q_{r e v}=\frac{q_{r e v}}{T} .\)

It is not possible to define entropy; however, we can define the change in entropy of a system ( dS or AS) undergoing a reversible process. It is defined as the ratio of reversible heat exchange between the system and its surroundings to the temperature at which the heat exchange takes place.

The relation tells us for a given input of heat into a system, the entropy of the system increases more at a lower temperature than at a higher temperature.

The randomness in a system is a measure of its entropy. The more randomness the more entropy. Therefore, for a given input of heat into a system, the randomness of the system increases more when heat is added to the system at a lower temperature than at a higher temperature.

Characteristics of entropy: Entropy ofa system is a measure of the randomness of its constituent particles. Entropy is a state function because its value for a system depends only on the present state of the system, and its change (AS) in a process depends only on the initial and final states of the system in the process, not on the path followed to carry out the process.

As it is a state function, it is a path-independent quantity. Entropy is an extensive property because its value for a system depends on the amount of matter the system consists of.

The entropy of the universe increases in a spontaneous process (ASuniv > 0) and (ASuniv < 0) for a non-spontaneous process. At equilibrium, ASys = 0. At the absolute zero temperature, the entropy of a pure and perfect crystalline substance is zero.

Physical significance of entropy: There exists a relationship between the entropy of the system and the randomness of its constituent particles (atoms, ions, or molecules).

The entropy of a system increases or decreases with the increase or decrease in randomness of the particles constituting the system. Therefore, entropy is the measure of the randomness of the constituent particles in a system. this is the physical significance of ewntropy.

The change in entropy is defined in terms of a reversible process, for which it is defined as \(d S=\frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{T}\) where 8qrev) Is the reversible exchange of heat between a system and its surroundings at 7’K. in case of an irreversible process, the change in entropy \(d S \neq \frac{\delta q_{i r r}}{T}\) where 5<](rr represents irreversible exchange of heat between a system and its surroundings at 7’K.

As entropy is a state function, its change in a particular process does not depend on the nature of the process. Thus, the change in entropy in a process carried out reversibly is the same as the change in entropy that occurs if the same process is carried out irreversibly.

Unit of entropy: In the CGS system, the unit of entropy = cal.deg-1, while the unit of entropy in SI = J. K-1.

Change In Entropy Of The System In Some Processes

When a system undergoes a process, its change in entropy in the process is AS = S2- S1; where S1 and S2 are the entropies of the initial and final states of the system respectively, in a process.

In a process, if S2 > S1, then AS is positive. This means that the entropy of a system increases in the process. For example, the melting of ice or vaporization of water is associated with an increase in the entropy of the system, so AS is involved in these processes.

If S2 < S1, then AS is negative, indicating that the entropy of the system decreases in the process. For example, when ice is formed from liquid water or water is formed from water vapor, the entropy of the system decreases i.e., AS =-ve.

Change in entropy in a chemical reaction: in any chemical reaction, the initial entropy (S1) of the system means the total entropy of the reactants, and the final entropy of the system (S2) means the total entropy of the products.

Hence, the change in entropy in a chemical reaction, ΔS = \(S_2-S_1^{3 i}=\sum S_{\text {products }}-\sum S_{\text {reactants }} \text {, where, } \sum S_{\text {reactants }}\text { and } \sum S_{\text {products }}\)

Chemical Thermodynamics The Values Of Ssys and spontaneity of a process

Change in entropy of the system in a cyclic process: The change in entropy of the system in any process, AS = S2– S1 where S1 and S2 are the initial and final entropies of the system, respectively. Because entropy is a state function, and in a cyclic process the initial and the final states of a system are the same, = S2, and the change in entropy ofthe system, AS = 0.

Change in entropy of the system in a reversible adiabatic process: In an adiabatic process, heat exchange does not occur between a system and its surroundings. Therefore, in a reversible adiabatic process, qrev = 0 and the change in entropy ofthe system in this process.

⇒ \(d S=\frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{T}=\frac{0}{T}=\mathbf{0} \text { or, } d s=0 \text { or, } \Delta S=0\)

Therefore, the change in entropy of a system undergoing a reversible adiabatic process is zero, i.e., the entropy of a system remains the same in an adiabatic reversible change. Owing to this a reversible adiabatic process is sometimes called an isentropic process.

Change in entropy of the system in an irreversible adiabatic process: Like reversible adiabatic process, heat exchange does not also occur in an irreversible adiabatic process. However, it can be shown that in an irreversible adiabatic process, the entropy change of a system is always positive, i.e., AS > 0.

Change in entropy of the system in an isothermal reversible process: Let us consider, a system changes from state 1 to state 2 in an isothermal reversible process. Therefore, in this process, the change in entropy of the system.

⇒ \(\int_1^2 d S=\int_1^2 \frac{\delta q_{r e v}}{T} \text { or, } S_2-S_1=\frac{1}{T} \int_1^2 \delta q_{r e v} \text { or, } \Delta S=\frac{q_{r e v}}{T}\)

[since T= constant as the process is isothermal]

Change in entropy during a phase transition: Melting of a solid, vaporization of a liquid, solidification of a liquid, condensation of vapor, etc. are some examples of phase transition.

At a particular temperature, a phase transition occurs at a constant pressure. The temperature remains unaltered during the transition although heat is exchanged between the system and the surroundings.

The phase transition can be considered as a reversible process. If qrev of heat is absorbed during a phase transition at constant pressure and 7’K, then the change in entropy, of the system. As the process is occurring at constant pressure

\(q_{\text {re }}=q_p=\Delta H.\).

hence \(\Delta s=\frac{\Delta n}{r}\) \(\Delta s=\frac{\Delta n}{r}\)

Entropy of fusion: It In defined as the change in entropy associated with the transformation of one mole of a solid substance into its liquid phase at its melting point

where ΔHvap= the enthalpy of fusion = die heat required for the transformation of 1 mol of a solid at its melting point into 1 ml of liquid and T1= melting point (K) of the given solid As the fusion of a solid substance is an endothermic process (Le, A> 0 ), the change in entropy due to fusion (ASvap) is always positive.

In the solid phase of a substance, the constituent particles are held in an ordered state. The degree of orderliness is less in the liquid phase as the particles in the liquid have freedom of motion. This is why, when a solid melts, the randomness within the system increases, causing an increase in the entropy of the system.

Example: The enthalpy of fusion of ice at 0°C and 1 atm. Therefore, the change in entropy during the transformation of 1 mol of ice into 1 mol of water at 0°C and 1 atm is-

Entropy of vaporization: It is defined as the change in entropy when one mole of a liquid at its boiling point changes to its vapor phase.

Where AH = the enthalpy of vaporization = the heat required for the transformation of 1 mol of liquid at its boiling point into 1 mol of vapor and Tb = boiling point ofthe liquid (K).

As the vaporization of a liquid is an endothermic process [i.e., \(\Delta H_{v a p}>0\)), the change in entropy in a vaporization process (ASvap) is always positive. When a liquid vaporizes, the molecular randomness in the system increases as the molecules in the vapor phase have more freedom of motion thus they have in the liquid phase. As a result, the vaporization of a liquid always leads increase in the entropy ofthe system.

Example: The enthalpy of vaporization of water at 100°C and 1 atm (AHvap) = 40.4 kj .mol-1. Thus, the change in entropy due to the transformation of 1 mol of water into 1 mol of water vapor at 0°C temperature and 1 atm pressure is

⇒ \(\Delta S_{\text {vap }}=\frac{\Delta H_{\text {vap }}}{T_b}=\frac{40.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{373 \mathrm{~K}}=108.3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Entropy change in an isothermal reversible expansion or compression of an ideal gas

Let, n mol of an ideal gas undergoes an isothermal reversible expansion from its initial state (P1 V1 to the final state (P2, V2). The equation showing the change in entropy of the gas in the process can be derived.

The result of this derivation gives the relation—

⇒ \(\Delta S=n R \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1}=2.303 n R \log \frac{V_2}{V_1}=2.303 n R \log \frac{P_1}{P_2}\)

As the gas expands, V2 > V2 (or, P1> P2 ), so according to the equation [1], the change in entropy (AS) of the gas due to its expansion is positive i.e., the entropy of the system increases.

If the isothermal reversible compression of the same amount of gas causes a change in the state of the gas form (P1 V1 to (P2, V2), then the change in entropy of the gas is given by

⇒ \(\Delta S=n R \ln \frac{V_2}{V_1}=2.303 n R \log \frac{V_2}{V_1}=2.303 n R \log \frac{P_1}{P_2}\)

As the gas is compressed, V2 < V1 (or P2> P1 ), According to equation [2], the change in entropy (AS) of the gas due to its compression is negative, i.e., the entropy of the system decreases.

If the volume of a gas is increased, the gas molecules will get more space for their movement i.e., the gas molecules will move in greater volume. As a result, the randomness of the gas molecules as well as the entropy ofthe system (gas) will increase.

Thus, the entropy of a gas increases with the increase of its volume. On the other hand, the entropy of a gas decreases with the decrease of its volume.

Change in entropy of the surroundings

When a system exchanges heat with its surroundings, the entropy of the system as well as its surroundings changes.

To calculate the change in entropy of the surroundings, the given points are to be considered: Surroundings are so large compared to one system that they serve as a heat reservoir without undergoing any temperature change.

Surroundings absorb or release heat reversibly, and during these processes, the temperature and pressure of the surroundings remain almost the same In a process at TK, if the amount of heat released by the system to the surroundings is sys, then the amount of heat absorbed by tire surroundings = -guys (the sign of q is -ve).

Therefore, in this process, the change in entropy of the surroundings \(\Delta S_{s u r r}=-\frac{q_{s y s}}{T}\)

Hence, the entropy of the surroundings increases if heat is released by the system to the surroundings.

In a process at T K, if the amount of heat absorbed by the system from the surroundings is q, then the amount of heat released by the surroundings will be -qsys (the sign of qsys is +ve ). So, in this process, the change in entropy of the surroundings, \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=-\frac{q_{s y s}}{T}.\)

Hence, the entropy of the surroundings decreases if heat is absorbed by the system from the surroundings

Standard entropy change in a chemical reaction

Standard molar entropy of a substance: Entropy of 1 mol of a pure substance at a given temperature (usually 25°C) &1 atm pressure is termed as the standard molar entropy of that substance.

It is denoted by S° and its unit is J. K-1.mol-1.

Standard entropy change in a chemical reaction (ASO): In a chemical reaction, the change in standard entropy, AS0 = total standard entropies of the products – total standard entropies of the reactants i.e., \(\Delta s^0=\sum n_i s_i^0-\sum n_j s_j^0\)

where S0i and Sj0 are the standard entropy of the i -tit product and j -th reactant, respectively. n1 and n2 are the number of moles of the Mil product and i-th reactant, respectively In the balanced equation. In the case of the reaction. \(a A+b B \rightarrow c C+a D\Delta S^0=\left(c S_C^0+d S_b^0\right)-\left(a S_A^0+b S_B^0\right)\)

Change in entropy of the surroundings in a chemical reaction: The change In entropy of the surroundings in a given process,\(\Delta S_{s t u r}=\frac{-q_{s y s}}{T},\) where qÿ is the heat absorbed by the system at 7’K.

In case of chemical reactions occurring at constant pressure \(q_{s y s}=q_P=\) change in enthalpy of the reaction system \(=\Delta H . \mathrm{So}_1, \Delta \mathrm{S}_{\text {surr }}=-\frac{\Delta H}{T}\)

For exothermic reactions, \(\Delta H<0. \text { So, } \Delta S_{\text {surr }}=+v e \text {. }\) I-Ience, the entropy of the surroundings increases In an exothermic reaction.

For endothermic reaction \(\Delta H>0 \text {. So, } \Delta S_{\text {surr }}=-v e \text {. }\) Hence, the entropy of the surroundings decreases in an endothermic reaction.

Change In Entropy And Spontaneity Of A Process

We have seen that there are many spontaneous processes (like the melting of ice above 0°C and 1 atm) in which the entropy ofthe system increases (ASurr > 0). Again, there are some spontaneous processes (such as the transformation of water into ice below 0°C and 1 atm) in which the entropy of the system decreases (A < 0).

Hence, the change in entropy ofthe system alone cannot predict the spontaneity of a process; instead, we must consider the change in entropy of the system as well as that of the surroundings. In a process, if the change in entropy of the system and its surroundings are AS and ASsurr respectively, then the total change in entropy in the process, \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\)

The system and its surroundings constitute the universe. So, \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}=\Delta S_{\text {univ }}=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\)

All spontaneous processes occur irreversibly, and in any irreversible process, the entropy of the universe increases. So, for a spontaneous process, \(\Delta S_{\text {univ }}=\left(\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\right)>0\)

In a reversible process, any change in the entropy of the system is exactly balanced by the entropy change in the surroundings. Therefore, in a reversible process.

⇒ \(\Delta S_{\text {sys }}=-\Delta S_{\text {surr }} \text { or, }-\Delta S_{\text {sys }}=\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\)

So, for a reversible process, \(\Delta S_{u n i v}=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}=0\) When the spontaneous process reaches equilibrium, the value of \(\Delta S_{u n i v}\left(=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\right)=0.\).

For any spontaneous process, \(\Delta S_{u n i v}\left(=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}\right)>0\)

For any reversible process, \(\Delta S_{u n i v}\left(=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}\right)>0\)

At equilibrium ofa process, \(\Delta S_{u n i v}\left(=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}\right)=0\)

Chemical Thermodynamics The Values Of Ssys and spontaneity of a process

At normal atmospheric pressure, water spontaneously converts into ice below o°C although the entropy change of the system (ASsys) in v.n is negative: H2O molecules in ice are held orderly at fixed positions, which make them unable to move about within ice. On the other hand, H2O molecules in water are not held at fixed positions as in ice and are capable of moving throughout the water.

Therefore, the molecular randomness in water is quite greater than that in ice. Thus entropy ofthe system decreases when water transforms into ice. So, in this process, A < 0.

As this transformation is an exothermic process, heat released by the system is absorbed by the surroundings. As a result, the randomness as well as the entropy ofthe surroundings increases. So, ASys> 0.

However, in this process, the increase in entropy of the surroundings is greater than the decrease in entropy of the system. Consequently, the total change in entropy or the entropy ofthe universe (ASuntv) becomes positive. This favours the spontaneous conversion of water into ice below 0°C temperature and at normal atmospheric pressure.

Change in entropy and condition of spontaneity of a process in an isolated system

As an isolated system does not interact with its surroundings the total energy of sucj a system always remains constant is any process in it.

Therefore, the driving force for any spontaneous process in an isolated system is the change in entropy of the system. In such type of system, since surroundings remain unchanged, \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=0\) hence for any spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system,

⇒ \(\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}>0 \text { or }, \Delta S_{s y s}\)

With the progress of a spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system, the entropy of the system gradually increases. When the process reaches equilibrium, the entropy
ofthe system gets maximised, and no further change in its value takes place.

Hence, at equilibrium, of a process occurring in an isolated system, \(S_{\text {sys }}=\text { constant or, } d S_{\text {sys }}=0 \text { or, } \Delta S_{\text {sys }}=0 \text {. }\).

Change in entropy and spontaneity of exothermic and endothermic reactions

Change in entropy and spontaneity of an exothermic reaction: In an exothermic reaction, heat is released by the reaction system. The released heat is absorbed by the surroundings, causing the randomness as well as entropy of the surroundings to increase. Thus, ASsurr is always positive for exothermic reactions. However, the entropy of the system may decrease or increase for such type of reactions.

If the total entropy ofthe products is greater than the total entropy of the reactants in an exothermic reaction, then \(\Delta S_{s y s}>0\) In this case the value \(\Delta S_{u n i v}\) is greater or less than \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\). As result, the reaction occurs sponataneouslty.

In an exothermic reaction if the total entropy of the reactants is greater than the total entropy of the products then \(\Delta S_{s y s}<0\). Such type of reactions will be spontaneous if the numerical value of \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\) is graeter than \(\Delta S_{s y s}\) because only in this condition \(\Delta S_{\text {univ }}>0\).

Change in entropy and spontaneity of an endothermic reaction: In an endothermic reaction, the heat is absorbed by the system from surroundings. Causing the randomness as well as entropy of the surroundings to decrease. So, in an endothermic reaction, ASJurr < 0. Hence, an endothermic reaction will be spontaneous only when \(\Delta S_{s y s}\) is +ve and its magnitude is greater than that of \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\)

Entropy and the second law ot thermodynamic

The second law of thermodynamics is expressed in various ways. One statement of this law is—”All spontaneous processes occur irreversibly and proceed in a definite direction We know that, for any spontaneous or natural changes, the total change in entropy of the system and the surroundings is positive, i.e., for any spontaneous change \(\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}>0.\).

Therefore, in all natural or spontaneous processes, the entropy of the universe continuously increases In other words all natural or spontaneous processes move that direction which leads to the increase in entropy of the universe. Conversely, any process, which does not increase the entropy ofthe universe, will not occur spontaneously.

Second law of thermodynamics in view of entropy For all the natural processes, the entropy of the universe is gradually increasing and approaching to a maximum.

Process occurring in nature are spontaneous. In all these process, energy may be transformed into different forms although the total energy of the universe remains constant But the entropy of the universe does not remain constant It is always increasing due to natural processes.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Latent heat offusion ofice at 0°C is 6025.24 J-mol-1 Calculate molar entropy of the process at 0°C.
Answer: The change in entropy due to melting of lmol of ice \(=\frac{\text { Molar latent heat (or enthalpy) of fusion of ice }}{\text { Melting point of ice }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{6025.24 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{(273+0) \mathrm{K}}=22.07 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 2. Enthalpy change for the transformation of water into vapour at the standard boiling point is 40.8 kl . mol-1 . Calculate the entropy change for the process.
Answer: Change in entropy for the process \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molar enthalpy of vaporisation of water }}{\text { Boiling point of water }} \\
& =\frac{40.8 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{(273+100) \mathrm{K}}=109.38 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 3. The enthalpy of vaporization of benzene at 80°C (boiling point) is Slkl-mol-1. What will be the change in entropy for the transformation of 31.2 g of benzene vapor into liquid benzene at 80°C?
Answer: \(31.2 \mathrm{~g} \text { benzene }=\frac{31.2}{78}=0.4 \mathrm{~mol}[\text { Molar mass }=78] .\)

Enthalpy of condensation for lmol benzene vapor =(-)x enthalpy of vaporization of lmol liquid benzene =-31 kj. Therefore, the enthalpy of condensation of 0.4 mol of benzene =-31 x 0.4 =-12.4 kj.

∴ The change in entropy for the transformation of0.4 mol of benzene vapor into liquid benzene at 80°C,

⇒ \(\Delta S=-\frac{12.4 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J}}{(273+80) \mathrm{K}}=-35.127 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Question 4. 1 mol or on Ideal gas If. expanded from lu Initial: volume of II, lo (lie Hind volume of 1(H) t, ul 25C. What will be (be change In enthalpy for this process?
Answer: \(\Delta S=2.303 n R \log \frac{V_2}{V_1}\)

⇒ \(=2.303 \times 8.314 \log \frac{100}{1}=38.29 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

So, the change in entropy for this process = +398.29j

Question 5. The pressure of 1 mol of an Ideal gas confined In a cylinder fitted with a piston is 50 atm. The gas is expanded reversibly when the cylinder Is kept in contact to a thermostat at 25°C. During expansion, the pressure of the gas is decreased from 90 to 9 atm. Calculate the change in entropy in (Ids process, ff the heat absorbed by the gas during expansion he 9709 f, then calculate the change in entropy of the surroundings?
Answer: we know \(\Delta S=2.303 n R \log \frac{p_1}{p_2}\)

Given, Px = 50 atm, P2 – 5 atm and n = 1

∴ The change in entropy of the system (i.e., gas)

⇒ \(\Delta S=2.303 \times 8.314 \log \frac{50}{5}=19.15 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Here surroundings are at a fixed temperature (25°C). During expansion, the heat absorbed by the gas from the surroundings = 5705 J. Therefore, at 25’C, the heat released by the surroundings =-5705 j.

∴ Change in entropy of the surroundings,

⇒ \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=-\frac{5705}{(273+25)} \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=-19.14 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Question 6. At 1 atm and 298 K, entropy change of the reaction, \(4 \mathrm{Fe}(s)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(s) \text { is }-549.4 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \text {. }\) In this reaction, if A// = -1648 kj, then predict whether the reaction is spontaneous or not.
Answer: As the reaction enthalpy is negative so the reaction is exothermic. Therefore, the heat released by the given reaction will be equal to the heat absorbed by the surroundings Consequently the entropy of the surroundings will increase. Heat absorbed by the surroundings =(-) x heat released by the system =-AH = -(-1648)kJ = +1648 kj.

∴ Change in entropy of the surroundings

⇒ \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=-\frac{\Delta H}{T}=\frac{1648 \times 10^3}{298} \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=5530.2 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Thus, in this reaction \(\Delta S_{\text {untv }}=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\)

= (-549.4 + 5530.2)J-K-1 = +4980.8 J-K-1.

Since \(\Delta S_{u n I v}>0\) the reaction will occur spontaneously.

Question 7. At 1 atm and 298 K, AH0 value for the reaction \(2 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \text { is }-572 \mathrm{~kJ}\) . Calculate the change in entropy ofthe system and surroundings for this reaction. Is this reaction spontaneous at that temperature and pressure? Given: Standard molar entropies of H2(g), O2(g) & H2O(f) at 298K are 130.6, 205.0, and 69.90 J. K-1. mol-1 respectively
Answer: The change in entropy ofthe given reaction

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta S_{s y s}^0=\left[2 S^0\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}, l\right)\right]-\left[2 \times S^0\left(\mathrm{H}_2, g\right)+S^0\left(\mathrm{O}_2, g\right)\right] \\
&=[2 \times 69.9-(2 \times 130.6+205)] \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \\
&=-326.4 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Change in entropy ofthe surroundings in the reaction

⇒ \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=-\frac{\Delta H^0}{298}=\frac{572 \times 10^3}{298} \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=+1919.4 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

∴ Total change in entropy,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta S_{\text {univ }}=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }} & =-326.4+1919.4 \\
& =+1593 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Since \(\Delta S_{u n i v}>0,\) then the reaction will occur spontaneously at 298 K and 1 atm.

Question 8. The molar enthalpy of fusion and the molar entropy of fusion for ice at 0°C and 1 atm are 6.01 kj- mol-1 and 22.0 J K-1 .mol-1, respectively. Assuming AH and AS are independent of temperature, show that the inciting of ice at 1 atm is not spontaneous, while the reverse process is spontaneous.
Answer: A process is spontaneous when the change in entropy of the universe \(\left(\Delta S_{u n i v}=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}\right)\) is positive. The transformation ofice into water involves the process.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(s) & \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
\Delta H & =6.01 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} ; \Delta S=22.0 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\text { Now, } \Delta S_{\text {sys }} & =22.0 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
\Delta S_{\text {surr }} & =\frac{\Delta H}{T}=\frac{-6010}{271}=-22.17 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\text { Thus, } \begin{aligned}
\Delta S_{\text {univ }}=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }} & =22.0+(-22.17) \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& =-0.17 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Hence, the total entropy change in the process is negative at 271 K. Therefore, the transformation of ice into water at -2°C is not spontaneous. The reverse process i.e., the conversion of water to ice at -2°C is spontaneous. This is because at -2°C ans1 atm pressure the overall entropy (ASuniv) is +0.17 J . mol-1.

Gibbs Free Energy Or Free Energy

In the previous section, we have seen that entropy can be used as a criterion for the spontaneity of a process. In an isolated system, a process will be spontaneous if ASÿ is positive during this process.

But natural processes seldom occur in isolated systems. In other systems, a process will be spontaneous if \(\Delta S_{\text {universe }}\left(=\Delta S_{s y s}+\Delta S_{s u r t}\right)\) is positive. There are many are quite inconvenient.

It is, thus, very useful to reformulate the spontaneity criterion in such away that only the system is to be considered. For us purpose, J. ‘Willard Gibbs introduced a new thermodynamic function called Gibbs free energy” or free energy, denoted by‘ G —immerse processes in which determination of ASt At constant temperature and pressure, the spontaneity ofa process can be determined from the value ofthe change in Gibbs free energy of the system.

As most of the physical or chemical changes occur at constant pressure, it is convenient to use the concept of free energy to determine the spontaneity of that change.

Definition Of Gibbis free energy It is the thermodynamic property of a system, whose decrease in a spontaneous process at constant temperature and pressure, measures the maximum useful energy obtainable in the form of work from the process.

In any spontaneous process occurring at constant temperature and pressure, the decrease in Gibbs free energy (-ΔG) = maximum useful or network performed bythe system on the surroundings.

Mathematical form of Gibbs free energy: Of the total energy of a system, one part is free for doing useful work, and another part is unavailable, which cannot be converted into work. Ifthe value of entropy of a system is S at T K, then the amount of unavailable energy of the system is TxS.

Therefore, the total energy of the system = G (free energy) + TS (unavailable energy) Generally enthalpy (H) is considered as the total energy of the system. Thus, H = G+TS or, [G = H-TS]

Where G, H, and S are Gibbs free energy, enthalpy, and entropy ofthe system respectively. T is the temperature of the system in the Kelvin scale. Equation [1] is the mathematical form of Gibbs free energy or free energy.

Gibbs free energy is a state function: Gibbs free energy (G), enthalpy (H) and entropy (S) of a system are related by the equation, G = H-TS. As H. S and T are state functions, Gibbs free energy (G) is also a state function.

Thus, the value of Gibbs free energy (G) of any system depends only on the present state of the system and not on how the system has reached its present state. Hence, the change in Gibbs free energy (AG) of any process doesn’t depend upon the nature of the process but depends only on the initial and final states ofthe process.

Gibbs free energy is an extensive property: Enthalpy (H) and the product of entropy and absolute temperature (fxS) of the system depends on the amount of the substance present in the system.

With increasing amounts of the substance, values ofthese quantities are increased. Hence Gibbs free energy (G = H- TS) depends on the amount of the substance present in the system. Therefore, Gibbs free energy (G) is an extensive property of the system.

Change in Gibbs free energy in a process occurring at constant temperature and pressure: The change in Gibbs free energy in a process occurring at a constant temperature and pressure, ΔG = Δ(H-TS) = ΔH-A(TS)

∴ ΔG = ΔH- TAS) [Δ(TS) = TAS as T = constant] The above equation represents the relation between the entropy change (AS), enthalpy change (AH), and absolute temperature (T) for a physical or chemical change occurring at a particular temperature and pressure. Using this equation, it is possible to predict the spontaneity of a process at constant temperature and pressure.

Change in Gibbs free energy for a physical or chemical change and process

At a particular temperature (T) and pressure (P), if the change in enthalpy and change in entropy for a physical or chemical process are AH and AS, respectively, then the change in Gibbs free energy, ΔG = ΔH -TAS…[1]

If ASys and ASsrr are the changes in entropies of the system and its surroundings, respectively, then the total change in entropy for the process \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}=\Delta S_{\text {univ }}=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\) The heat gained by the system at fixed pressure and temperature, qsys= change in enthalpy (ΔH). So sys=ΔH

Therefore, the heat lost by the surroundings at a fixed pressure and temperature \(\left(q_{\text {surr }}\right)=-q_{\text {sys }}=-\Delta H.\)

So, the change in entropy ofthe surroundings for a physical or chemical change at a particular temperature and pressure, \(\Delta S_{\text {surr }}=\frac{q_{\text {surr }}}{T}=-\frac{\Delta H}{T}\) and the total change in entropy at a particular temperature and pressure,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta S_{\text {total }}=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surt }}=\Delta S-\frac{\Delta H}{T} \quad\left[\text { where } \Delta S=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}\right] \\
& \text { or, } T \Delta S_{\text {total }}=T \Delta S-\Delta H \text { or, } \Delta H^{\prime}-T \Delta S=-T \Delta S_{\text {total }} \quad \cdots[2]
\end{aligned}\)

Comparing equations [1] and [2], \(\Delta G=-T \Delta S_{\text {total }} \cdots\)

Equation [3] represents the relation between changes in Gibbs free energy (AG) for a physical or chemical change at a fixed temperature and pressure and the total change in entropy of the system and surroundings \(\left(\Delta S_{\text {total }}\right)\) for that process.

We know that a process will be spontaneous if the total change in entropy of the system and surrounding in the process is positive; i.e., \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}\left(=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\right)>0.\) According to equation [3], \(\text { if } \Delta S_{\text {total }}>0 \text {, then } \Delta G<0 \text {. }\)

Thus, a physical or chemical change at a fixed temperature and pressure will be spontaneous ifthe change in Gibbs free energy (AG) is negative i.e., AG < 0.

If in a process, the total change in entropy ofthe system and its surroundings is -ve, i.e., \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}\left(=\Delta S_{s v s}+\Delta S_{s u r r}\right)<0,\) then the process will be non-spontaneous, but the reverse
process will be spontaneous. From equation [3], if \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}<0 \text {, then } \Delta G>0 \text {. }\) Thus, for a physical or chemical
change at a fixed pressure and temperature, if the Gibbs free
change is positive (AG > 0), then the process will be nonspontaneous but the reverse one will be spontaneous.

Total change in entropy of the system and surroundings will be zero, i.e., \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}\left(=\Delta S_{\text {sys }}+\Delta S_{\text {surr }}\right)=0\) for a process at equilibrium. According to equation [3], if \(\Delta S_{\text {total }}=0 \text { then } \Delta G=0\). Therefore, the Gibbs free energy change will be zero, i.e., AG = 0 for a physical change or chemical reaction at equilibrium under the condition ofa fixed pressure and temperature.

Reaction; A→ B (at constant and pressure)

If &G(=GB- GA) <0 at a fixed temperature and pressure; then the transformation of A to B will be spontaneous.

If AG(= GB- Ga) > 0 at a fixed temperature and pressure; then the transformation of A to B will be non-spontaneous. But the transformation of B to A will be spontaneous as GB > GA and for the reverse process the value of AG(= GA- GB) is negative.

If AG(=Gb- Ga) = 0, then A and B will be in equilibrium. In this condition, the rate of transformation of B into A or A into B will be the same. So no net change will occur either in the forward or in the reverse direction.

Chemical Thermodynamic Effect Of H And S On The Value Of G For Any Physical Change Or Chemical Recation

Chemical Thermodynamic Effect Of H And S On The Value Of G For Any Physical Change Or Chemical Recation.

Effect of temperature on the change in Gibbs free energy and the spontaneity of a process

We know that AG = AH- TAS. In this relation, the values of both AH and AS may be either positive or negative, but the temperature (in the Kelvin scale) is always positive. Again TAS is a temperature-dependent quantity.

With the increase or decrease in temperature, the magnitude of TAS increases or decreases, and the value of AH almost remains unchanged. So, AG depends on temperature. From the signs of AH and AS, we can predict the effect of temperature on AG. The different possibilities have been discussed in the following table.

Chemical Thermodynamic Effect Of Temperature On the Change In Gibbs Free Energy And The Spontaneity Of A process

Numerical Examples

Question 1. \(\mathrm{Br}_2(l)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{BrCl}(\mathrm{g})\); Whether the reaction is spontaneous or not at a certain pressure & 298 K ? [Aff=29.3 kj.mol-1, AS=104.1 J. K-1.mol-1 ]
Answer: We know, ΔG = ΔH- ΔTS
∴ ΔG =29.3 xl03-(298x 104.1) =-1721.8 J- mol-1
As ΔG is negative, this process is spontaneous.

Question 2. At a certain pressure and 27°C, the values of ΔG and ΔH ofa the process are- 400 kj and 50 kj respectively. Is the process exothermic? Is it spontaneous? Determine the entropy change of the process.
Answer: As per given data AH = 50 kj. As the value of ΔH is positive, it is not an exothermic process.

For the process ΔG =-400 kj at a certain pressure and 27°C. As AG is negative, it is a spontaneous process.

ΔG = ΔH- TΔS

∴ -400 = 50-300xΔS

or, ΔS=1.5Kj.K-1=1500j.k-1

Question 3. Values of ΔH to ΔS for the given reaction are -95.4kJ and -198.3 J-K_1 respectively: \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NH}_3(g)\) State whether the reaction will be spontaneous at 500 K or not. Consider AH and AS are independent of temperature.
Answer: We know, ΔG = ΔH- TΔS

Given, ΔH = -95.4 kj , ΔS = -198.3 J.K-1 and T = 500 K.

∴ ΔG= [-95.4 X 103- 500 X (-198.3)]J = 3750 J = 3.75 kj

As the value of ΔG is positive at constant pressure and 500 K temperature, it is not a spontaneous process.

Question 4. In and the ASreaction,= + 35 JA(s). K-1+. State B(g)-C(g)whether+ D(g)the reaction, AH =31 will k-1 be spontaneous at 100°C and 1100°C or not? Consider AH and AS are independent of temperature.
Answer: We know, AG = AH- TAS. Now at 100°C,

ΔG = ΔH-TAS =31 x 103- (273 + 100) X 35 =+ 17945J

∴ At 1100°C, =31 X 103-(273 + 1100) X 35 =-17055 J

At 100°C, AG for the given reaction is positive, so the reaction will be non-spontaneous. On the contrary, at 1100°C, AG for the given reaction is negative, so it will be spontaneous.

Question 5. Is the vaporization of water at 50°C and 1 atm spontaneous? Given: For vaporization of water at that temperature and pressure, AH = 40.67 kj.mol-1 and AS = 108.79 J.K-1.mol-1.
Answer: We know, ΔG = ΔH- TΔS

∴ ΔG=ΔH- TΔS = 40.67 X 103- (323 X 108.79)

= + 5530.83 J.mol-1

As ΔG = +ve, so vaporization will be non-spontaneous.

Question 6. At 25°C and 1 atm, the heat of formation of 1 mol of water is -285.8 kj. mol-1. State whether the formation reaction will be spontaneous at that temperature and pressure or not. Given: The molar entropies of H2(g) , 02(g) & H20(Z) at 25°C and 1 atm are 130.5, 205.0 and 69.9 J.K1.mol-1 respectively.
Answer: Equation for the formation reaction of water:

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) ; \Delta H=-285.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The change in entropy for this reaction, \(\Delta S=S_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)}-\left(S_{\mathrm{H}_2(g)}+\frac{1}{2} S_{\mathrm{O}_2(g)}\right)\)

\(=\left[69.9-130.5-\left(\frac{1}{2} \times 205\right)\right] \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=-163.1 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Therefore, the change in Gibbs free energy at 25°C and 1 atm for the formation of1 mol of H20(Z) from 1 mol of H2(g) and \(\text { and } \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}), \Delta G=\Delta H-\mathrm{T} \Delta S\) = -285.8 X 103- 298 X (-163.1) =-237.196 kj As AG is negative at 25°C and 1 atm, so the formation of water at this temperature and pressure will be spontaneous.

Determination of temperature at which equilibrium is established in a physical or chemical change

We know that at a given temperature and pressure the change in free energy (AG) for a reaction is zero when the reaction is at equilibrium. Therefore, at equilibrium,

⇒ \(\Delta G=\Delta H-T \Delta S=0 \text { or, } \mathbf{T}=\frac{\Delta \boldsymbol{H}}{\Delta S} \cdots[1]\)

Applying equation no. [1], we can determine the temperature at which equilibrium is established in a physical or chemical change.

Example: The values of the enthalpy and entropy changes ofthe system are + 40.7 kj- mol-1 and 109.1 J. K-1.mol-1 respectively for the process, H2O(Z) H2O(g) at 1 atm pressure. At which temperature equilibrium will be established between water and water vapour?
Answer: At equilibrium AG = 0 and T \(=\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S} .\)

Given: ΔH = 40.7 kj.mol-1 = 40.7 x 103 J.mol-1 and AS = 109.11 -K-1- mol-1

∴ \(T=\frac{40.7 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{109.1 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}=373 \mathrm{~K}\)

373 K (100°C) is the normal boiling point of water. So, at 1 atm and 100°C, water and its vapor will remain in equilibrium.

The temperature at which a physical or chemical change becomes spontaneous We have seen. that in any physical or chemical change, ifthe signs of AH and AS are the same (either + or – ), then the sign of AG as well as the spontaneity of that change depends on temperature.

Suppose, for a physical or chemical change at a particular temperature and pressure, ΔH > Δ and AS > Δ. According to the relation, ΔG = ΔH- TΔS the process is spontaneous because when TΔS > ΔH, AG<Δ This means that ΔH- TΔS < 0 or TΔS > ΔH thus, \(T>\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}\)

Hence, the process will be spontaneous when \(T>\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}\), if \(T<\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}\) AS the process will be non-spontaneous, but the reverse process will be spontaneous. For a physical or chemical change if AH < 0 and AS < 0, then it can be shown that the process will be spontaneous when \(T<\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}. \text { If } T>\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}\) the process will be non-spontaneous, but the reverse process will be spontaneous.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. In the reaction, A-B+ C, ΔH = 25 kj. mol-1 and AS = 62.5 J.K-1. At which temperature the reaction will occur spontaneously at constant Pressure?
Answer: The condition for the spontaneity of a reaction at a given temperature & pressure is ΔG < 0. We know ΔG = ΔH- TΔS For spontaneous reaction, ΔH- TΔS < 0 or, \(\Delta H<T \Delta S \quad \text { or, } T \Delta S>\Delta H \quad \text { or, } T>\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}\) Given: ΔH = 25 x 103 J and AS = 62.5 J . K-1

therefore \(T>\frac{25 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J}}{62.5 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}} \quad \text { or, } T>400 \mathrm{~K} \text {. }\)

Question 2. H2O(g) H2O(l) ; Δh = -40.4 kj.mol-1 ΔS = -108.3 J.K-1.mol-1. At which temperature the process will be spontaneous at a constant 1 atm?
Answer: In this process ΔH<0 and ΔS <0. For such type of process, the temperature at which the reaction will occur spontaneously \(T<\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}\)

Given: ΔH=-40.4 x 103 J mol-1, ΔS=-108.3 J.K-1.mol-1

∴ \(T<\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S} \quad \text { or, } T<\frac{40.4 \times 10^3}{108.3} \quad \text { or, } T<373 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ The process will be spontaneous below 373 K (100°C).

Question 3. H2(g)+Br2(Z)-+2HBr(g); AH=-72.8kJ (1 atm, 25°C) If molar enterpoies of H2(g), Br2(l),HBr(g) are 130.5, 152.3 and 198.3j.k-1.mol-1 respectively then at which temperature the reaction will be spontaneous?
Answer: Change in entropy for the given reaction,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\Delta S= & 2 S_{\mathrm{HBr}(g)}-\left[S_{\mathrm{H}_2(g)}+S_{\mathrm{Br}_2(l)}\right] \\
& =[2 \times 198.3-(130.5+152.3)] \mathrm{J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}=113.8 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

As AH < 0 and AS > 0 for the given reaction, the reaction will be spontaneous at any temperature.

Question 4. For the reaction A(g) + B(g)→ C(s) +D(l); AH =-233.5 kj and AS = -466.1 J. K-1. At what temperature, equilibrium will be established? In which directions the reaction will proceed above and below that temperature?
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, the equilibrium temperature ofa reaction \(T=\frac{\Delta H}{\Delta S}.\)

Given: AH = -233.5 x 103 J and AS = -466.1 J .K-1

Therefore \(T=\frac{233.5 \times 10^3}{466.1} \mathrm{~K}=500.9 \mathrm{~K}=227.9^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\)

∴ At 227.9°C, the reaction will attain equilibrium.

When T > 500.9 K, the magnitude of TAS is greater than that of AH. Then according to the equation, AG = AH- TAS, the value of AG will be positive. So the reaction will be non-spontaneous above 500.9 K.

When T < 500.9 K, the magnitude of TAS is less than that of AH. According to the equation, AG = AH- TAS, AG will be negative. Therefore, the reaction will be spontaneous below 500.9 K

The standard free energy of formation of a substance and the standard free energy change in a chemical reaction

Standard free energy of formation: The standard free energy of formation of a compound is denoted by \(\Delta G_f^0\) and its unit is kj.mol-1 (or kcal-mol-1).

Definition: The free energy change associated with the formation of 1 mol of a pure compound from its constituent elements present at standard state is termed as the standard free energy of formation of that compound.

The value of standard free energy of formation of any element at 25°C and 1 atm pressure is taken as zero. For the elements having different allotropic forms, the standard free energy of formation of the most stable allotrope at 25°C and 1 atm pressure is taken as zero. For example,\(\left(\Delta G_f^0\right)\) [C (graphite)] = 0 but \(\left(\Delta G_f^0\right)\) [C dimond] ≠0.

Standard free energy change in a chemical reaction: In any reaction, the change in free energy (AG) depends on temperature, pressure, and concentration. Thus to compare the AG of different reactions, the standard free energy change is calculated.

Definition: it is defined as the change in free energy when the specified number of moles of reactions (indicated by the balanced chemical equation] in their standard states are completely converted to the products in their standard states.

It is expressed by ΔG0. At a particular temperature, the standard free energy change in a reaction is calculated from the standard free energy of formation ofthe reactants and products at that temperature.

The change in standard free energy in a reaction, AG = the sum of the standard ‘free energy of formation of the products – the sum of the standard free energy of formation.

Wham is the number of moles of t -th product and j-th reactant In the balanced chemical equation whereas formation of the i-th product and j-th reactant respectively.

Example: in the case of the reaction aS+bB-cC+dD:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta G^0=\left[c \times \Delta G_f^0(C)+d \times \Delta G_f^0(D)\right]- \\
& \quad\left[a \times \Delta G_f^0(A)+b \times \Delta G_f^0(B)\right]
\end{aligned}\)

The standard free energy change (ΔG°) in a reaction can also be determined from the values of the standard change enthalpy (ΔH0) and standard change in entropy (ΔS0), using the following equation,

⇒ \(\Delta G^0=\Delta H^0-T \Delta S^0\)

ΔG0 =ΔH0-TΔS0 …[1]

ΔG0 and the spontaneity of a physical or chemical change: If ΔG° < 0 for any physical or chemical change, then the process will be spontaneous under standard conditions.

If the value of ΔG° > 0 for any physical or chemical change, then the process will be nonspontaneous under standard conditions. However, the reverse process will be spontaneous under standard conditions.

Free energy change in a chemical reaction, reaction equilibrium, and equilibrium constant

ΔG° in a reaction can be determined either from the values of the standard free energies of formation of the participating reactants and products or from the equation, ΔG° ΔAH0- FΔS0. But if a reaction occurs in a condition other than standard condition then the free energy change of the reaction can be calculated using the following relation.

⇒ \(\Delta G=\Delta G^0+R T \ln Q\)

where Q = reaction quotient [a detailed discussion on reaction quotient has been made, T = temperature in Kelvin scale, I? = the universal gas constant, ΔGs the free energy change in a reaction at constant pressure and a constant temperature FK, AG°= the standard free energy change in the reaction at TK

Relation between standard free energy change (AG°) and equilibrium constant (K  The relation between AG° and K can be derived from the above equation [1] For a reaction at equilibrium, AG = 0 at constant temperature and pressure. Also at equilibrium, the reaction quotient (Q) = equilibrium constant (JC). Therefore, according to the equation [1], at equilibrium

∴ 0=ΔG0 +RT in K-1

or, ΔG-RT in k……[2]

Or, ΔG0= -2.03 RT Log K ……[3]

Equations [2] and [3] show the relationship between the standard free energy change in a reaction (ΔG0) and the equilibrium constant (K) of the reaction at a particular temperature (T). Hence, using these equations [2 and 3], the value of the equilibrium constant (K) of a reaction at a particular temperature (F) can be determined from the value of the standard free energy change of the reaction (ΔG0) at the same temperature (T). Alternatively, the value of ΔG° can be determined from the value of K by using equations [2] and [3]. According to equation [2] (or [3]);

  1. If AG° is negative, then In K (or logic) will be positive. Thus K > 1
  2. If AG° is positive, then In K (or logic) will be negative Thus K < 1.
  3. If AG° is equal to zero, then In K (or logic) will be equal to zero. Thus K = 1.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. In the given reaction, calculate the standard free energy change at 25°C: \(\mathrm{N}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NH}_3\) [Given that, AH0 = -91.8 kj and AS0 = -198 J. K-1 ]
Answer: We know, AG° = AH0- TAS°

AH° = -91.8 kJ , AS°=-198 J.K-1 , F = (273 +25) = 298K

AG° =-91.8 xl03- 298 x (-198) =-32796J=-32.796kJ

Question 2. In the given reaction, calculate standard free energy change at 25°C: 2NO(g) + 0,(g) 2NO2(g). Is the reaction spontaneous under standard conditions?
Answer: \(\left[\right. Given: At 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}, \Delta G_f^0[\mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g})]=86.57 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} and \Delta G_f^0\left[\mathrm{NO}_2(g)\right]=51.30 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}.\)
Answer: \(\left.\Delta G^0=\sum \Delta G_f^0 \text { (products }\right)-\sum \Delta G_f^0(\text { reactants })\)

In the given case,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta G^0=2 \Delta G_f^0\left[\mathrm{NO}_2(g)\right]-2 \Delta G_f^0[\mathrm{NO}(g)]-\Delta G_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right] \\
& \text { Given: } \left.\Delta G_f^0[\mathrm{NO}(g)]=86.57 \mathrm{k}\right] \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1},
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\Delta G_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right]=0 \text { and } \Delta G_f^0\left[\mathrm{NO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\right]=51.30 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

[∴ Standard free energy of formation of an element =0]

Since the value of ΔG° is negative, so the reaction will be spontaneous under standard conditions.

Question 3. At 25°C, the standard free energy change for a reaction is 5.4 kj. Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant of the reaction at that temperature.
Answer: We know, AG° = -RTlnK.

∴ We have, AG° = 5.4 kJ = 5.4 x 103 J and T = 298 K

or, log k = 0.95

∴ K= 0.113

Therefore, at 25°C the value of the equilibrium constant for the given reaction will be 0.113.

Question 4. The equilibrium constant for a reaction is 1.6 x 10-G at 298K. Calculate the standard free energy change (AG°) and standard entropy change (AS0) of the reaction at that temperature. Given, at 298 K, AH0 = 25.34 kj.
Answer: We know. AG° = -RTinK

∴ AG° =-8.314 X 298 ln(1.6 x 10-6) = 33064J = 33.064 kj

∴ The standard free energy change at 298 K = + 33.064 kj

Again we know, ΔG°=ΔH°- TAS0. Here, ΔH0=25.34 kj

∴ +33.064 = 25.34- 298 X ΔS0

So, the standard entropy change for the reaction = 25.9j. k-1.

Question 5. Al 298 K, the standard free energy of formation of H2O(/) 8-287.19 kt mol. calculate the value of equilibrium constant temperature for the following reaction: \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(t) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g)\)
Answer: standard free energy change for the given reaction,

⇒ \(\Delta G^0=2 \Delta G^0\left[\mathrm{H}_2(g)\right]+\Delta G^9\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right]-2 \Delta G^9\left\{\left[\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\right]\right.\)

The standard free energy of formation of an element Is
taken as zero, so \(\Delta G_f^0\left[\mathrm{O}_2(g)\right]=0 \text { and } \Delta G_j^9\left[\mathrm{H}_2(g)\right]=0 \text {. }\)

Therefore \(\left.\left.\Delta G^0=[0+0-2 \times(-237.13)] \mathrm{k}\right]=+474.25 \mathrm{k}\right]\)

∴ +474.26×103=-8.314×298 in k or k = -191.42

∴ K= 7.36×10-84

So, the equilibrium constant for the reaction =7.36×10-84

The Third Law Of Thermodynamics

Statement of the third law of thermodynamics Entropy of a pure and perfectly crystalline substance at 0 K temperature is equal to zero.

Explanation: In a perfect crystalline solid, all the constituent particles are perfectly arranged in a well-ordered manner. Defects like point defects, line defects, etc., that can generally be observed in crystal lattices, are found to be absent in a perfect crystal.

The constituent particles become motionless and attain the lowest energy in such as substance at absolute zero. As a result, the randomness of those constituent particles becomes zero. For this reason, the value of entropy of a pure and perfectly crystalline substance is zero.

Explanation of thermodynamic probability: A system can achieve a particular thermodynamic state in various ways or configurations. The number of ways in which a particular state can be achieved is called thermodynamic probability and is designated by the symbol ‘W’.

With increasing thermodynamic probability the randomness as well as the entropy of the system increases. So we can expect that there exists a relationship between the two quantities S and W. Lauding Boltzmann introduced a relation between S and W. The relation is S = k InW; where k- Boltzmann constant.

At absolute zero, all the constituent particles would occupy the minimum energy state, and hence there is only one way of arranging the constituent particles in different energy levels i.e., W = 1. This gives S = 0. So, for a pure and perfect crystalline substance, the value of entropy is zero at zero kelvin. This is the statement of the third law of thermodynamics.

Application of the third law of thermodynamics: The absolute value of entropy can be determined by making use of this law. If the increase in entropy of a substance is AS due to an increase in temperature from OK to TK then AS = ST- SQ; where, ST and SQ are the entropies of that substance at TK, and 0 K, respectively. According to the third law of thermodynamics, SQ = 0. Therefore, S = ST. So by measuring AS, it is possible to determine the absolute value of entropy of a substance at T K.

Heat or enthalpy of neutralization

Heat or enthalpy of neutralization Definition: The change in enthalpy that occurs when 1 gram equivalent of an acid is completely neutralized by 1 gram equivalent of a base or vice-versa in a dilute solution at a particular temperature is called the enthalpy (or heat) of neutralization.

The change in enthalpy that occurs when 1 mol of H+ ions reacts completely with mol of OH- ions in a dilute solution to form 1 mol water at a particular temperature is known as the Enthalpy (or heat) of neutralization.

The enthalpy of neutralization is denoted as AHN, where subscript TV ‘indicates ‘neutralization’.

Neutralization of strong acid and strong base: if both the acid and base are strong, then the value of heat of neutralization constant, is found to be almost and this value is ~57.3 kj.